83_FR_44748 83 FR 44578 - Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to a Marine Geophysical Survey in the North Pacific Ocean

83 FR 44578 - Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to a Marine Geophysical Survey in the North Pacific Ocean

DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration

Federal Register Volume 83, Issue 170 (August 31, 2018)

Page Range44578-44603
FR Document2018-19008

In accordance with the regulations implementing the Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA), as amended, notification is hereby given that NMFS has issued an incidental harassment authorization (IHA) to Lamont-Doherty Earth Observatory of Columbia University (L-DEO) to incidentally take, by Level A and/or Level B harassment, marine mammals during a Marine Geophysical Survey in the North Pacific Ocean.

Federal Register, Volume 83 Issue 170 (Friday, August 31, 2018)
[Federal Register Volume 83, Number 170 (Friday, August 31, 2018)]
[Notices]
[Pages 44578-44603]
From the Federal Register Online  [www.thefederalregister.org]
[FR Doc No: 2018-19008]


-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE

National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration

RIN 0648-XG144


Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; 
Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to a Marine Geophysical Survey in the 
North Pacific Ocean

AGENCY: National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and 
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.

[[Page 44579]]


ACTION: Notice; issuance of an incidental harassment authorization.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: In accordance with the regulations implementing the Marine 
Mammal Protection Act (MMPA), as amended, notification is hereby given 
that NMFS has issued an incidental harassment authorization (IHA) to 
Lamont-Doherty Earth Observatory of Columbia University (L-DEO) to 
incidentally take, by Level A and/or Level B harassment, marine mammals 
during a Marine Geophysical Survey in the North Pacific Ocean.

DATES: This Authorization is effective from September 1, 2018, through 
August 31, 2019.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Rob Pauline, Office of Protected 
Resources, NMFS, (301) 427-8401. Electronic copies of the application 
and supporting documents, as well as a list of the references cited in 
this document, may be obtained online at: https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/marine-mammal-protection/incidental-take-authorizations-research-and-other-activities. In case of problems 
accessing these documents, please call the contact listed above.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

Background

    The MMPA prohibits the ``take'' of marine mammals, with certain 
exceptions. Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361 
et seq.) direct the Secretary of Commerce (as delegated to NMFS) to 
allow, upon request, the incidental, but not intentional, taking of 
small numbers of marine mammals by U.S. citizens who engage in a 
specified activity (other than commercial fishing) within a specified 
geographical region if certain findings are made and either regulations 
are issued or, if the taking is limited to harassment, a notice of a 
proposed incidental take authorization may be provided to the public 
for review.
    Authorization for incidental takings shall be granted if NMFS finds 
that the taking will have a negligible impact on the species or 
stock(s) and will not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the 
availability of the species or stock(s) for taking for subsistence uses 
(where relevant). Further, NMFS must prescribe the permissible methods 
of taking and other ``means of effecting the least practicable 
[adverse] impact'' on the affected species or stocks and their habitat, 
paying particular attention to rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of 
similar significance, and on the availability of such species or stocks 
for taking for certain subsistence uses (referred to in shorthand as 
``mitigation''); and requirements pertaining to the mitigation, 
monitoring and reporting of such takings are set forth.

Summary of Request

    On March 16, 2018, NMFS received a request from the L-DEO for an 
IHA to take marine mammals incidental to conducting a marine 
geophysical survey in the North Pacific Ocean. L-DEO submitted a 
revised application on June 11, 2018. On June 13, 2018, we deemed L-
DEO's application for authorization to be adequate and complete. L-
DEO's request is for take of small numbers of 39 species of marine 
mammals by Level A and Level B harassment. Underwater sound associated 
with airgun use may result in the behavioral harassment or auditory 
injury of marine mammals in the ensonified areas. Mortality is not an 
anticipated outcome of airgun surveys such as this, and, therefore, an 
IHA is appropriate.
    NMFS has issued an IHA to L-DEO authorizing the take of 39 species 
by Level A and Level B harassment. The IHA is effective from September 
1, 2018 through August 31, 2019.

Description of Planned Activity

    The planned activity consists of two high-energy seismic surveys 
conducted at different locations in the North Pacific Ocean. 
Researchers from L-DEO and University of Hawaii, with funding from the 
U.S. National Science Foundation (NSF), in collaboration with 
researchers from United States Geological Survey (USGS), Oxford 
University, and GEOMAR Helmholtz Centre for Ocean Research Kiel 
(GEOMAR), plan to conduct the surveys from the Research Vessel (R/V) 
Marcus G. Langseth (Langseth) in the North Pacific Ocean. The first 
planned seismic survey would occur in the vicinity of the Main Hawaiian 
Islands in 2018 and a subsequent survey would take place at the Emperor 
Seamounts in 2019. The planned timing for the Hawaii survey is late 
summer/early fall 2018; the timing for the Emperor Seamounts survey 
would likely be late spring/early summer 2019. Both surveys would use a 
36-airgun towed array with a total discharge volume of ~6,600 in\3\. 
The main goal of the surveys planned by L-DEO and the University of 
Hawaii is to gain fundamental insight into the formation and evaluation 
of Hawaiian-Emperor Seamount chain, and inform a more comprehensive 
assessment of geohazards for the Hawaiian Islands region.
    The Hawaii survey would be expected to last for 38 days, including 
~19 days of seismic operations, 11 days of equipment deployment/
retrieval, ~5 days of operational contingency time (e.g., weather 
delays, etc.), and ~3 days of transit. The Emperor Seamounts survey 
would be expected to last 40 days, including ~13 days of seismic 
operations, ~11 days of equipment deployment/retrieval, ~3 days of 
operational contingency time, and 13 days of transit.
    Representative survey tracklines are shown in Figures 1 and 2 in 
the application. Water depths in the Hawaii survey area range from ~700 
m to more than 5,000 m. The water depths in the Emperor Seamounts 
survey area range from 1,500-6,000 m. The Hawaii seismic survey will be 
conducted within the U.S. exclusive economic zone (EEZ); the Emperor 
Seamounts survey will take place in International Waters.
    The procedures to be used for the planned surveys would be similar 
to those used during previous seismic surveys by L-DEO and would use 
conventional seismic methodology. The surveys would involve one source 
vessel, the Langseth, which is owned by NSF and operated on its behalf 
by Columbia University's L-DEO. The Langseth would deploy an array of 
36 airguns as an energy source with a total volume of ~6,600 in\3\. The 
receiving system would consist of ocean bottom seismometers (OBSs) and 
a single hydrophone streamer 15 km in length. As the airgun arrays are 
towed along the survey lines, the hydrophone streamer would transfer 
the data to the on-board processing system, and the OBSs would receive 
and store the returning acoustic signals internally for later analysis.
    A detailed description of the planned project is provided in the 
Federal Register notice for the proposed IHA (83 FR 30480; June 28, 
2018). Since that time, no changes have been made to the planned 
activities. Therefore, a detailed description is not provided here. 
Please refer to that Federal Register notice for the description of the 
specific activity.

Comments and Responses

    NMFS published a notice of proposed IHA in the Federal Register on 
June 28, 2018 (83 FR 30480). During the 30-day public comment period, 
NMFS received comments from the Marine Mammal Commission (Commission), 
the Marine Seismic Research Oversight Committee (MSROC), the Cascadia 
Research Consortium (CRC), the Natural Resources Defense Council (NRDC) 
and from members of the general public. NMFS has posted the comments 
online at: https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/marine-mammal-
protection/incidental-take-authorizations-research-

[[Page 44580]]

and-other-activities. The following is a summary of the public comments 
and NMFS' responses.
    Comment: The Commission noted that several of the density estimates 
used by NMFS were outdated or incorrect.
    Response: NMFS used several density sources to estimate take 
including Bradford et al. (2015, 2017) and methods described in 
Department of the Navy (2017). As the Commission recommended, for the 
final IHA notice, NMFS has revised the densities for striped dolphins 
to 25 from 5.36 animals/1,000 km\2\ and for Fraser's dolphins to 21 
from 4.17 animals/1,000 km\2\ based on Bradford (2017). In the proposed 
notice, NMFS divided by three the unidentified Mesoplodon spp. density 
of 1.89 animals/1,000 km\2\ from Bradford et al. (2017) (resulting in 
0.63 animals/1,000 km\2\) for gingko-toothed, Deraniyagala's, and 
Hubb's beaked whale densities. NMFS revised the density for each 
species in the notice to 1.89 animals/1,000 km\2\, since there was no 
data available identifying separate densities for these species. NMFS 
updated the false killer whale densities to animals/100 km\2\ as take 
had been incorrectly estimated using a density of animals/1,000 km\2\ 
in the notice of proposed IHA (Bradford et al. 2015). NMFS further 
indicated it would amend all takes accordingly. NMFS utilized an 
average group size from Bradford et al. (2017) to increase the number 
of recalculated Level B harassment takes of killer whales to five. NMFS 
also increased Level A harassment takes for humpback and sei whales to 
average group size.
    Comment: The Commission recommended that NMFS re-calculate the monk 
seal density based on an abundance of 1,324 from Baker et al. (2016) as 
this is thought to be the best available density information. The 
Commission also recommended that NMFS re-estimate the number of Level B 
harassment takes of monk seals based on this data.
    Response: NMFS has recalculated authorized Level B harassment takes 
based on the Commission's recommendation. A complete description may be 
found in the Estimated Take section.
    Comment: The Commission and NRDC expressed concerns about potential 
impacts to small and resident populations of marine mammals located in 
Main Hawaiian Islands. The Commission recommended that NMFS require L-
DEO to implement shut-down procedures if a melon-headed whale or group 
of melon-headed whales is observed in the habitat of the Kohala 
resident stock and ensure that the estimated number of Level B 
harassment takes is sufficient based on group size of melon-headed 
whales for the Hawaiian Islands stock. The Commission noted that 
similar issues exist for the various MHI insular stocks of spinner and 
common bottlenose dolphins. However, the group sizes for those species 
are much less than for melon- headed whales. The Commission recommended 
that NMFS (1) authorize only those numbers of Level B harassment takes 
of the various MHI insular stocks of spinner and bottlenose dolphins 
for which NMFS can make a small numbers determination and (2) if the 
authorized takes are met for any of those stocks, require L-DEO to 
implement shut-down procedures if a spinner or bottlenose dolphin or 
group of dolphins is observed approaching or within the Level B 
harassment zone in the habitat of the specific MHI insular stock.
    Response: L-DEO will be required to implement shut-down procedures 
if a melon-headed whale or group of melon-headed whales is observed in 
Kohala resident stock habitat. NMFS has also revised authorized take 
numbers to ensure that the number of estimated takes is sufficient 
based on group size of melon-headed whales for the Hawaiian Islands 
stock (see Take Calculation and Estimation section for detail). NMFS 
also has made small numbers determinations for the stocks described in 
the comment above and will require L-DEO to implement shut-down 
procedures if a spinner or bottlenose dolphin or group of dolphins is 
observed approaching or within the Level B harassment zone in the 
habitat of the specific MHI insular stock if the authorized takes are 
met for any of these stocks.
    Comment: The Commission noted that various datasets used for 
estimating densities in the area of the Emperor survey were compiled 30 
to 35 years ago while others originated from other geographic regions 
with presumed assumptions. The Commission had previously recommended 
that NMFS should adjust the density estimates used to estimate the 
numbers of potential takes by incorporating some measure of uncertainty 
when available density data originate from other geographical areas, 
temporal scales, and species. Since many of the references from which 
the density data originated include coefficients of variation (CVs), 
standard errors (SEs), or confidence intervals (CI), which provide 
information on uncertainty relative to the underlying data, the 
Commission recommended that NMFS adjust the density estimates using 
some measure of uncertainty (i.e., CV, SD, SE, upper CI) for the 
Emperor survey area. The Commission also recommended that NMFS convene 
a working group of scientists to determine how best to incorporate 
uncertainty in density data that are extrapolated.
    Response: The Commission recommended that NMFS adjust density 
estimates using some measure of uncertainty when available density data 
originate from different geographic areas, temporal scales, and 
species, especially for actions which will occur outside the U.S. EEZ 
where site- and species-specific density estimates tend to be scant, 
such as L-DEO's planned survey in the Emperor Seamounts area. We have 
attempted to do so in this IHA, and feel the 25 percent correction 
factor is an appropriate method in this case to account for 
uncertainties in the density data that were available for use in the 
take estimates. NMFS is open to consideration of other correction 
factors for use in future IHAs and looks forward to further discussion 
with the Commission on how best to incorporate uncertainty in density 
estimates in instances where density data is limited.
    Regarding the Commission's recommendation that NMFS convene an 
internal working group to determine what data sources are considered 
best available for the various species and in the various areas, NMFS 
may consider future action to address these issues, but currently 
intends to address these questions through ongoing interactions with 
the U.S. Navy, academic institutions, and other research organizations.
    Comment: The Commission recommended that NMFS require L-DEO to 
specify why it is using radial distances for SELcum and SPLrms metrics 
and radii for SPLpeak metrics.
    Response: The radius is commonly used to determine Level A 
harassment isopleths, as well as those for Level B. In order for L-DEO 
to be able to account for accumulation associated with NMFS Revised 
Technical Guidance's SELcum thresholds, including the use of the NMFS 
optional User Spreadsheet tool, they needed to determine far-field 
source level. In order to do, L-DEO relied upon the more conservative 
radial distance, since the radial distance is larger than the radius. 
They used the radial distance to determine modified far-field source 
levels, which were directly incorporated in the NMFS optional User 
Spreadsheet to determine Level A isopleths using the SELcum metric. L-
DEO also used the more conservative radial distance to back calculate 
their modified far-field source levels for SPLpeak. The radius was then 
determined by plugging the radial

[[Page 44581]]

distance into the Pythagorean theorem (as the hypotenuse). This radius 
value was then used to calculate the peak sound pressure level 
isopleth.
    In summary, use of the radius is not inconsistent with how 
isopleths have been calculated for other sources, including seismic 
activities. Use of the radius will also account for animals at depth 
that are at the longest radial distance. Note that the use of radial 
distance was used only to establish modified far-field source levels.
    Comment: The Commission recommended that NMFS provide justification 
for why it believes that L-DEO's use of the Nucleus source model, which 
does not provide data above 2.5 kHz, is appropriate for determining the 
extents of the Level A harassment zones for MF and HF cetaceans.
    Response: Experience and amplitude spectral density showed in the 
L-DEO application indicate that most of the energy output for Langseth-
type source is below 1 kHz, and so the error done by omitting higher 
frequencies will be fairly small. To evaluate the impact of the high 
frequencies (>1 KHz), L-DEO calculated amplitude spectral densities 
using information from the Langseth Gulf of Mexico calibration 
experiment (Tolstoy et al., 2009) and compared them to the results used 
in the L-DEO application (up to 3KHz). Scenario A is the one used in 
the L-DEO application (spectrum up to 3 KHz). Scenario B considers the 
same spectrum up to 10 KHz. The spectrum was obtained by upsampling the 
farfield signature obtained from the Nucleus modeling package. Scenario 
C considers the spectrum derived from the farfield signature obtained 
using the Nucleus modeling package from 1 Hz to ~200 Hz and L-DEO 
extended the spectrum with a realistic decay curve (-35dB/decade) from 
~200 Hz up to 10 kHz. The -35dB/decade decay curve is derived from the 
slope hydrophone data from the Gulf of Mexico study (Fig. 14 of Tolstoy 
et al., 2009). Because this decay curve boosts/increases the amplitudes 
between 200 Hz and 1 KHz much more than the predicted spectrum derived 
from the Nucleus modeling package and that is valid in that frequency 
range, for scenario D, L-DEO took a -30dB/decade decay curve around 
~600 Hz.
    Results show that the adjustment factors slightly decrease for 
scenarios C and D and the corresponding PTS SELcum Isopleths to 
thresholds are a little higher for those two scenarios (<20m) but are 
always smaller than the PTS SELcum Isopleths to thresholds derived from 
the Peak SPL that was used here.
    Comment: The Commission recommended that NMFS require L-DEO to re-
estimate the proposed Level A and B harassment zones and associated 
takes of marine mammals using (1) both operational (including number/
type/spacing of airguns, tow depth, source level/operating pressure, 
operational volume) and site-specific environmental (including sound 
speed profiles, bathymetry, and sediment characteristics 41 at a 
minimum) parameters, (2) a comprehensive source model (i.e., Gundalf 
Optimizer or AASM) and (3) an appropriate sound propagation model for 
the proposed incidental harassment authorization. Specifically, the 
Commission reiterates that L-DEO should be using the ray-tracing sound 
propagation model BELLHOP--which is a free, standard propagation code 
that readily incorporates all environmental inputs listed herein, 
rather than the limited, in-house MATLAB code currently in use.
    Response: NMFS acknowledges the Commission's concerns about L-DEO's 
current modeling approach for estimating Level A and Level B harassment 
zones and takes. L-DEO's application and the Federal Register notice of 
the proposed IHA (83 FR 30480; June 28, 2018) describe the applicant's 
approach to modeling Level A and Level B harassment zones. The model 
LDEO currently uses does not allow for the consideration of 
environmental and site-specific parameters as requested by the 
Commission.
    L-DEO's application describes their approach to modeling Level A 
and Level B harassment zones. In summary, LDEO acquired field 
measurements for several array configurations at shallow, intermediate, 
and deep-water depths during acoustic verification studies conducted in 
the northern Gulf of Mexico in 2007 and 2008 (Tolstoy et al., 2009). 
Based on the empirical data from those studies, LDEO developed a sound 
propagation modeling approach that predicts received sound levels as a 
function of distance from a particular airgun array configuration in 
deep water. For this survey, LDEO modeled Level A and Level B 
harassment zones based on the empirically-derived measurements from the 
Gulf of Mexico calibration survey (Appendix H of NSF-USGS 2011). LDEO 
used the deep-water radii obtained from model results down to a maximum 
water depth of 2,000 m (Figure 2 and 3 in Appendix H of NSF-USGS 2011).
    In 2015, LDEO explored the question of whether the Gulf of Mexico 
calibration data described above adequately informs the model to 
predict exclusion isopleths in other areas by conducting a 
retrospective sound power analysis of one of the lines acquired during 
L-DEO's seismic survey offshore New Jersey in 2014 (Crone, 2015). NMFS 
presented a comparison of the predicted radii (i.e., modeled exclusion 
zones) with radii based on in situ measurements (i.e., the upper bound 
[95th percentile] of the cross-line prediction) in a previous notice of 
issued Authorization for LDEO (see 80 FR 27635, May 14, 2015, Table 1). 
Briefly, the analysis presented in Crone (2015), specific to the survey 
site offshore New Jersey, confirmed that in-situ, site specific 
measurements and estimates of 160 decibel (dB) and 180 dB isopleths 
collected by the hydrophone streamer of the R/V Marcus Langseth in 
shallow water were smaller than the modeled (i.e., predicted) zones for 
two seismic surveys conducted offshore New Jersey in shallow water in 
2014 and 2015. In that particular case, Crone's (2015) results showed 
that LDEO's modeled 180 dB and 160 dB zones were approximately 28 
percent and 33 percent smaller, respectively, than the in-situ, site-
specific measurements, thus confirming that LDEO's model was 
conservative in that case.
    The following is a summary of two additional analyses of in-situ 
data that support LDEO's use of the modeled Level A and Level B 
harassment zones in this particular case. In 2010, LDEO assessed the 
accuracy of their modeling approach by comparing the sound levels of 
the field measurements acquired in the Gulf of Mexico study to their 
model predictions (Diebold et al., 2010). They reported that the 
observed sound levels from the field measurements fell almost entirely 
below the predicted mitigation radii curve for deep water (i.e., 
greater than 1,000 m; 3280.8 ft) (Diebold et al., 2010). In 2012, LDEO 
used a similar process to model distances to isopleths corresponding to 
Level A and Level B harassment thresholds for a shallow-water seismic 
survey in the northeast Pacific Ocean offshore Washington State. LDEO 
conducted the shallow-water survey using a 6,600 in\3\ airgun 
configuration aboard the R/V Marcus Langseth and recorded the received 
sound levels on both the shelf and slope using the Langseth's 8 km 
hydrophone streamer. Crone et al. (2014) analyzed those received sound 
levels from the 2012 survey and confirmed that in-situ, site specific 
measurements and estimates of the 160 dB and 180 dB isopleths collected 
by the Langseth's hydrophone streamer in shallow water were two to 
three times smaller than

[[Page 44582]]

LDEO's modeling approach had predicted. While the results confirmed the 
role of bathymetry in sound propagation, Crone et al. (2014) were also 
able to confirm that the empirical measurements from the Gulf of Mexico 
calibration survey (the same measurements used to inform LDEO's 
modeling approach for the planned surveys in the northwest Atlantic 
Ocean) overestimated the size of the exclusion and buffer zones for the 
shallow-water 2012 survey off Washington State and were thus 
precautionary, in that particular case.
    NMFS continues to work with LDEO to address the issue of 
incorporating site-specific information for future authorizations for 
seismic surveys. However, LDEO's current modeling approach (supported 
by the three data points discussed previously) represents the best 
available information for NMFS to reach determinations for this IHA. As 
described earlier, the comparisons of LDEO's model results and the 
field data collected at multiple locations (i.e., the Gulf of Mexico, 
offshore Washington State, and offshore New Jersey) illustrate a degree 
of conservativeness built into LDEO's model for deep water, which NMFS 
expects to offset some of the limitations of the model to capture the 
variability resulting from site-specific factors. Based upon the best 
available information (i.e., the three data points, two of which are 
peer-reviewed, discussed in this response), NMFS finds that the Level A 
and Level B harassment zone calculations are appropriate for use in 
this particular IHA.
    LDEO has conveyed to NMFS that additional modeling efforts to 
refine the process and conduct comparative analysis may be possible 
with the availability of research funds and other resources. Obtaining 
research funds is typically accomplished through a competitive process, 
including those submitted to U.S. Federal agencies. The use of models 
for calculating Level A and Level B harassment zones and for developing 
take estimates is not a requirement of the MMPA incidental take 
authorization process. Further, NMFS does not provide specific guidance 
on model parameters nor prescribe a specific model for applicants as 
part of the MMPA incidental take authorization process at this time, 
although we do review methods to ensure adequate for prediction of 
take. There is a level of variability not only with parameters in the 
models, but also the uncertainty associated with data used in models, 
and therefore, the quality of the model results submitted by 
applicants. NMFS considers this variability when evaluating 
applications and the take estimates and mitigation measures that the 
model informs. NMFS takes into consideration the model used, and its 
results, in determining the potential impacts to marine mammals; 
however, it is just one component of the analysis during the MMPA 
authorization process as NMFS also takes into consideration other 
factors associated with the activity (e.g., geographic location, 
duration of activities, context, sound source intensity, etc.).
    Comment: Given the shortcomings noted for L-DEO's source and sound 
propagation modeling and the requirements that other action proponents 
are obliged to fulfill, the Commission recommended that NMFS require L-
DEO to archive, analyze, and compare the in-situ data collected by the 
hydrophone streamer and OBSs to L-DEO's modeling results for the 
extents of the Level A and B harassment zones based on the various 
water depths to be surveyed and provide the data and results to NMFS.
    Response: Based on information presented by the applicant and 
supported by published analysis such as Diebold et al. 2010, Tolstoy et 
al. 2009, Crone et al. 2014, Crone et al. 2017, Barton et al. 2006, and 
Diebold et al. 2006, L-DEO modeling results and predicted distances to 
harassment zones are likely more conservative than actual distances 
measured from data collected in situ. The Commission stated one reason 
for recommending that NMFS require L-DEO to conduct sound source 
verification efforts was due to the short-comings of the L-DEO model. 
However, as previously noted, the L-DEO model is conservative and is 
viewed appropriate for R/V Langseth operations. Use of the L-DEO model 
is further supported by ten years of successful operations with no 
observed harm to marine life. For these reasons, additional sound 
source verification efforts are not warranted at this time.
    L-DEO has met with the Commission and NMFS on several occasions to 
explain the model and why it is, although conservative, the most 
appropriate approach to use for R/V Langseth operations. The planned 
survey will mainly occur in deep water (98.5%) and as demonstrated in 
Diebold et al. 2010 and Tolstoy et al. 2009 for deep water, the results 
show that the predicted distances were conservative relative to 
measured values. Even allowing for scaling of actual measurements 
between different tow depths of Tolstoy (2009) from 6 m to 12 m in the 
IHA, this yields a radius of 4,940 which is much less than model 
predictions of 6,733 m included in the IHA application.
    Comment: The Commission recommended that NMFS use a consistent 
approach for requiring all geophysical and seismic survey operators to 
abide by the same general mitigation measures, including prohibiting L-
DEO from using power downs and the mitigation airgun during its 
geophysical surveys.
    Response: NMFS is in the process of developing protocols that could 
be applied to geophyscical and seismic surveys. The protocols are being 
developed on the basis of detailed review of available literature, 
including peer-review science, review articles, gray literature, and 
protocols required by other countries around the world. NMFS will share 
the protocols with the Commission when they are ready for external 
comment and review.
    Note that powerdowns are only allowed/required in lieu of shutdown 
when certain species of dolphins, specifically identified in the 
Mitigation section, enter the shutdown zone. In all other cases, 
shutdown would be implemented under conditions as described in the IHA.
    Comment: The Commission noted that monitoring and reporting 
requirements adopted need to be sufficient to provide a reasonably 
accurate assessment of the manner of taking and the numbers of animals 
taken incidental to the specified activity. Those assessments should 
account for all animals in the various survey areas, including those 
animals directly on the trackline that are not detected and how well 
animals are detected based on the distance from the observer which is 
achieved by incorporating g(0) and f(0) values. The Commission 
recommended that NMFS require L-DEO to use the Commission's method as 
described in the Commission's Addendum to better estimate the numbers 
of marine mammals taken by Level A and B harassment for the incidental 
harassment authorization. The Commission stated that all other NSF-
affiliated entities and all seismic operators should use this method as 
well.
    Response: NMFS agrees that reporting of the manner of taking and 
the numbers of animals incidentally taken should account for all 
animals taken, including those animals directly on the trackline that 
are not detected and how well animals are detected based on the 
distance from the observer, to the extent practicable. NMFS appreciates 
the Commission's recommendations but we believe that the Commission's 
described method needs further consideration in

[[Page 44583]]

relation to the observations conducted during marine geophysical 
surveys. Therefore, at this time we do not prescribe a particular 
method for accomplishing this task. We look forward to engaging further 
both L-DEO, the Commission and other applicants to reach a 
determination on the most suitable method to for estimating g(0) and 
f(0) values.
    Comment: The Commission and NRDC recommended that NMFS refrain from 
implementing its proposed one-year renewal process and instead use 
abbreviated Federal Register notices and reference existing documents 
to streamline the incidental harassment authorization process. The 
Commission further recommends that NMFS provide the Commission and the 
public with a legal analysis supporting its conclusion that the process 
is consistent with the requirements under section 101(a)(5)(D) of the 
MMPA. Furthermore, if NMFS decides to bypass the notice and comment 
process in advance of issuing a renewal, it should nevertheless publish 
notice in the Federal Register whenever such a renewal has been issued.
    Response: NMFS appreciates the streamlining achieved by the use of 
abbreviated FR notices and intends to continue using them for proposed 
IHAs that include minor changes from previously issued IHAs, but which 
do not satisfy the renewal requirements. We believe our proposed method 
for issuing renewals meets statutory requirements and maximizes 
efficiency. Importantly, such renewals would be limited to 
circumstances where: the activities are identical or nearly identical 
to those analyzed in the proposed IHA; monitoring does not indicate 
impacts that were not previously analyzed and authorized; and, the 
mitigation and monitoring requirements remain the same, all of which 
allow the public to comment on the appropriateness and effects of a 
renewal at the same time the public provides comments on the initial 
IHA. NMFS has, however, modified the language for future proposed IHAs 
to clarify that all IHAs, including renewal IHAs, are valid for no more 
than one year and that the agency would consider only one renewal for a 
project at this time. In addition, notice of issuance or denial of a 
renewal IHA would be published in the Federal Register, as they are for 
all IHAs. Last, NMFS will publish on our website a description of the 
renewal process before any renewal is issued utilizing the new process.
    Comment: The Commission recommends that NMFS require earlier 
submission of applications and other documentation so that it has 
adequate time to review and provide comments on the adequacy and 
accuracy of the application, allow applicants to make necessary 
revisions or additions to the application, draft its proposed 
authorization, and consider the comments received from the public.
    Response: There are no regulations stipulating a required time 
frame for submission of an IHA applications in advance of the requested 
date of issuance. However, NMFS has provided to the public recommended 
time frames for submission of applications for IHAs and rulemakings/
letter of authorization (LOAs) which are posted at https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/node/23111. NMFS will continue to strongly 
encourage applicants to submit applications well in advance of the 
anticipated issuance dates such that applications can undergo thorough 
review and revisions can be made as appropriate.
    Comment: The planned survey will pass through the ranges of a 
number of small island-associated populations around the main Hawaiian 
Islands. These include the range of the endangered Kohala resident 
stock of melon-headed whales and the newly designated critical habitat 
area for the Main Hawaiian Islands insular false killer whale Distinct 
Population Segment (83 FR 35062; July 24, 2018). Given that visual 
observation at night will be ineffective at detecting animals of either 
species, CRC recommended that seismic surveys through ranges of these 
species should only be allowed during daylight hours.
    Response: L-DEO has agreed to attempt to time their surveys such 
that most of the seismic activity would occur within the ranges of the 
two species of concern only during daylight hours. However, unforeseen 
circumstances (e.g. weather, equipment breakdown) may preclude L-DEO 
from conducting all seismic operations during daylight within these 
species' ranges. Various operational requirements and protocols 
associated with marine seismic surveys do not generally allow for the 
prolonged stoppage or delay of seismic activities when a trackline is 
being surveyed. Additionally, it will take the Langseth approximately 
10.6 hours per pass along Trackline 1 to traverse the stock boundaries 
of the Kohala resident stock. There will be two passes along both 
Tracklines 1 and 2 with each pass separated by several days. It will 
take the Langseth about 18.6 hours per pass on Trackline 1 and 12.5 
hours per pass onTrackline 2 to traverse the larger insular false 
killer whale critical habitat area. The amount of time spent within the 
identified boundary areas will be limited and the majority of 
monitoring will occur during daylight hours.
    Comment: CRC and a single individual both recommended that NMFS 
require additional monitoring of the melon-headed whale population 
during Trackline 1 of the seismic survey. This could be achieved by 
deploying satellite tags on individual melon-headed whales immediately 
(i.e., within a few days) prior to the survey vessel undertaking 
Trackline 1. The proximity of one or more groups of melon-headed whales 
to survey activities could be monitored. CRC recommended that NMFS 
should either require L-DEO to implement this type of monitoring 
program themselves or notify independent researchers who are permitted 
to work in the area during the timing of the survey with enough advance 
notice to allow for satellite tag monitoring.
    Response: NMFS generally does not require applicants to implement 
highly technical monitoring regimes, especially when the applicant 
would need to secure additional research permits. Furthermore, NMFS 
cannot direct an applicant to divulge what they deem to be highly 
sensitive information (i.e., ship location and/or route). Instead, NMFS 
encouraged CRC to contact L-DEO directly. Also, as noted above, the 
time spent in the vicinity of the small resident population of melon-
headed whale will be minimal.
    Comment: MSROC noted the scientific and societal importance of the 
planned Langseth seismic surveys, endorsed these collaborative research 
programs, and strongly encouraged NMFS to approve and issue an IHA. 
They urged NMFS to issue the IHA as soon as possible following the 
close of the public comment period.
    Response: NMFS appreciates the importance of this research and has 
issued the IHA to L-DEO in a timely manner.
    Comment: An individual referred to recent research findings 
(McCauley et al. 2017) indicating that use of airgun arrays may damage 
a range of invertebrates. The individual also felt that NOAA has the 
capacity & obligation to substantiate these claims prior to issuing any 
further permits.
    Response: Relatively little research has been focused on assessing 
the impacts of airguns on invertebrates. The study by McCauley et al. 
(2017) found that exposure to airgun sound decreased zooplankton 
abundance compared to control samples, and caused a two- to three-fold 
increase in adult and larval zooplankton mortality. They observed 
impacts on the zooplankton as far as 1.2

[[Page 44584]]

km from the exposure location--a much greater impact range than 
previously thought; however, there was no consistent decline in the 
proportion of dead zooplankton as distance increased and received 
levels decreased. The authors also stated that in order to have 
significant impacts on r-selected species such as plankton, the spatial 
or temporal scale of impact must be large in comparison with the 
ecosystem concerned, and it is possible that the findings reflect 
avoidance by zooplankton rather than mortality (McCauley et al., 2017). 
In addition, the results of this study are inconsistent with a large 
body of research that generally finds limited spatial and temporal 
impacts to zooplankton as a result of exposure to airgun noise (e.g., 
Dalen and Knutsen, 1987; Payne, 2004; Stanley et al., 2011).
    A modeling exercise was conducted as a follow-up to the McCauley et 
al. (2017) study (as recommended by McCauley et al. (2017)), in order 
to assess the potential for impacts on ocean ecosystem dynamics and 
zooplankton population dynamics (Richardson et al., 2017). Richardson 
et al. (2017) found that for copepods with a short life cycle in a 
high-energy environment, a full-scale airgun survey would impact 
copepod abundance up to three days following the end of the survey, 
suggesting that effects such as those found by McCauley et al. (2017) 
would not be expected to be detectable downstream of the survey areas, 
either spatially or temporally. However, these findings are relevant 
for zooplankton with rapid reproductive cycles in areas where there is 
a high natural replenishment rate resulting from new water masses 
moving in, and the findings may not apply in lower-energy environments 
or for zooplankton with longer life-cycles. In fact, the study found 
that by turning off the current, as may reflect lower-energy 
environments, the time to recovery for the modelled population extended 
from several days to several weeks.
    In the absence of further validation of the McCauley et al. (2017) 
findings, if we assume a worst-case likelihood of severe impacts to 
zooplankton within approximately 1 km of the acoustic source, the large 
spatial scale and wide dispersal of tracklines does not lead us to 
expect any meaningful follow-on effects to the prey base for marine 
mammals predators. While the large scale of effect observed by McCauley 
et al. (2017) may be of concern, especially in a more temperate 
environment, NMFS concludes that these findings indicate a need for 
more study, particularly where repeated noise exposure is expected--a 
condition unlikely to occur in relation to these planned surveys

Description of Marine Mammals in the Area of the Specified Activity

    Section 4 of the IHA application summarizes available information 
regarding status and trends, distribution and habitat preferences, and 
behavior and life history of the potentially affected species. More 
general information about these species (e.g., physical and behavioral 
descriptions) may be found on NMFS' website (https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/find-species). Table 1 lists all species with 
expected potential for occurrence in the North Pacific Ocean and 
summarizes information related to the population, including regulatory 
status under the MMPA and ESA. Some of the populations of marine 
mammals considered in this document occur within the U.S. EEZ and are 
therefore assigned to stocks and are assessed in NMFS' Stock Assessment 
Reports (https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/marine-mammal-protection/marine-mammal-stock-assessments). As such, information on 
potential biological removal (PBR; defined by the MMPA as the maximum 
number of animals, not including natural mortalities, that may be 
removed from a marine mammal stock while allowing that stock to reach 
or maintain its optimum sustainable population) and on annual levels of 
serious injury and mortality from anthropogenic sources are not 
available for these marine mammal populations.
    Twenty-eight cetacean species, including 21 odontocetes (dolphins 
and small- and large-toothed whales) and seven mysticetes (baleen 
whales), and one pinniped species, could occur in the planned Hawaii 
survey area (Table 4). In the Emperor Seamounts survey area, 27 marine 
mammal species could occur, including 15 odontocetes (dolphins and 
small- and large-toothed whales), eight mysticetes (baleen whales), and 
four pinniped species. Some species occur in both locations. In total, 
39 species are expected to occur in the vicinity of the specified 
activity.
    Marine mammal abundance estimates presented in this document 
represent the total number of individuals estimated within a particular 
study or survey area. All values presented in Table 1 are the most 
recent available at the time of publication.

                                              Table 1--Marine Mammals That Could Occur in the Survey Areas
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                        Stock abundance                            Present at time of
                                                                           ESA/MMPA     (CV, Nmin, most                               survey (Y/N)
          Common name              Scientific name          Stock           status;     recent abundance     PBR     Annual M/ -------------------------
                                                                         strategic (Y/    survey) \2\                   SI3                    Emperor
                                                                            N) \1\                                                   HI       seamounts
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           Order Cetartiodactyla-Cetacea-Superfamily Mysticeti (baleen whales)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Family Eschrichtiidae:
    Gray whale.................  Eschrichtius        Western North       E/D; Y        140 (0.04, 135,         0.06        unk           N            Y
                                  robustus.           Pacific.                          2011) \4\.
Family Balaenidae:
    North Pacific right whale..  Eubalaena japonica  Eastern North       E/D; Y        31 (0.226, 26,           N/A          0           N            Y
                                                      Pacific.                          2013) \6\.
                                                     N/A...............  ............  450 \5\..........  .........  .........  ...........  ...........
Family Balaenopteridae
 (rorquals):
    Humpback whale.............  Megaptera           Central North       -/-; N        10,103 (0.03,             83         25           Y            Y
                                  novaeangliae.       Pacific.                          7,890, 2006) \6\.
                                                     Western North       E/D; Y        1,107 (0.30, 865,          3        3.2  ...........  ...........
                                                      Pacific.                          2006) \6\.
    Minke whale................  Balaenoptera        Hawaii............  ............  UNK..............  .........  .........           N            Y
                                  acutorostrata.
                                                     N/A...............  ............  22,000 \7\.......  .........  .........  ...........  ...........
    Bryde's whale..............  Balaenoptera edeni/ Hawaii............  -/-; N        1,751 (0.29,            13.8          0           Y            Y
                                  brydei.                                               1,378, 2010)
                                                                                        \17\.
                                                     Eastern Tropical    -/-; N        UNK..............        UND        UNK  ...........  ...........
                                                      Pacific.
    Sei whale..................  Balaenoptera        Hawaii............  E/D; Y        178 (0.9, 93,            0.2        0.2           Y            Y
                                  borealis.                                             2010) \4\.
    Fin whale..................  Balaenoptera        Hawaii............  E/D; Y        154 (1.05, 75,           0.1          0           Y            Y
                                  physalus physalus.                                    2010) \17\.
                                                     N/A...............  ............  13,620-18,680 \9\  .........  .........  ...........  ...........
    Blue whale.................  Balaenoptera        Central North       E/D; Y        133 (1.09, 63,           0.1          0           Y            Y
                                  musculus musculus.  Pacific.                          2010) \17\.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

[[Page 44585]]

 
                                              Superfamily Odontoceti (toothed whales, dolphins, porpoises)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Family Physeteridae:
    Sperm whale................  Physeter            Hawaii............  E/D; Y        4,559 (0.33,            13.9        0.7           Y            Y
                                  macrocephalus.                                        3,478, 2010)
                                                                                        \17\.
                                                     N/A...............  N/A           29,674 \10\-       .........  .........  ...........  ...........
                                                                                        26,300 \11\.
Family Kogiidae:
    Pygmy sperm whale..........  Kogia breviceps...  Hawaii............  -/-; N        7,138 \4\........        UND          0           Y            Y
    Dwarf sperm whale..........  Kogia sima........  Hawaii............  -/-; N        17,519 \4\.......        UND          0           Y            Y
Family Ziphiidae (beaked
 whales):
    Cuvier's beaked whale......  Ziphius             Hawaii............  -/-; N        723 (0.69, 428,          4.3          0           Y            Y
                                  cavirostris.                                          2010) \17\.
                                                     N/A...............  ............  20,000 \12\......  .........  .........  ...........  ...........
    Longman's beaked whale.....  Indopacetus         Hawaii............  -/-; N        7,619 (0.66,              46          0           y            N
                                  pacificus.                                            4,592, 2010)
                                                                                        \17\.
    Blainville's beaked whale..  Mesoplodon          Hawaii............  -/-; N        2,105 (1.13,1,            10          0           Y            N
                                  densirostris.                                         980, 2010) \17\.
    Stejneger's beaked whale...  Mesoplodon          Alaska............  N             UNK..............        UND          0           N            Y
                                  stejnegeri.
    Ginkgo-toothed beaked whale  Mesoplodon          N/A...............  ............  25,300 \12\......  .........  .........        Rare       Absent
                                  ginkgodens.
    Deraniyagala's beaked whale  Mesoplodon hotaula  N/A...............  ............  25,300 \12\......  .........  .........           Y            N
    Hubb's beaked whale........  Mesoplodon          N/A...............  ............  25,300 \12\......  .........  .........           Y            N
                                  carlhubbsi.
    Baird's beaked whale.......  Berardius bairdii.  N/A...............  ............  10,190 \13\......  .........  .........           N            Y
Family Delphinidae:
    Rough-toothed dolphin......  Steno bredanensis.  Hawaii............  -/-; N        72,528 (0.39,             46        UNK            Common      N
                                                                                        52,033, 2010)
                                                                                        \17\.
    Common bottlenose dolphin..  Tursiops truncatus  Hawaii Pelagic....  -/-; N        21,815 (0.57,            140        0.2            Common      N
                                                                                        13,957, 2010)
                                                                                        \17\.
                                                     Kaua'i and Ni'ihau  -/-; N        184 (0.11, 168,          1.7        unk            Common      N
                                                                                        2005) \4\.
                                                     O'ahu.............  -/-; N        743 (0.54, 485,          4.9        unk            Common      N
                                                                                        2006) \4\.
                                                     4 Islands Region..  -/-; N        191 (0.24, 156,          unk        unk            Common      N
                                                                                        2006).
                                                     Hawaii Island.....  -/-; N        128 (0.13, 115,          1.6        unk            Common      N
                                                                                        2006) \4\.
    Common dolphin.............  Delphinus delphis.  N/A...............  ............  2,963,000 \14\...  .........  .........           N            Y
    Pantropical spotted dolphin  Stenella attenuata  Hawaii Pelagic....  -/-; N        55,795 (0.40,            403          0           Y            N
                                                                                        40,338, 2010)
                                                                                        \17\.
                                                     O'ahu.............  -/-; N        unk..............        unk        unk  ...........  ...........
                                                     4 Island Region...  -/-; N        unk..............        unk        unk  ...........  ...........
                                                     Hawaii Island.....  -/-; N        unk..............        unk      >=0.2  ...........  ...........
    Spinner dolphin............  Stenella            Hawaii Pelagic....  -/-; N        unk..............        unk        unk           Y            N
                                  longirostris.
                                                     Hawaii Island.....  -/-; N        631 (0.04, 585,          5.9        unk            Common      N
                                                                                        2013) \4\.
                                                     Oahu/4-Islands....  -/-; N        355 (0.09, 329,          3.3        unk           Y            N
                                                                                        2013) \4\.
    Striped dolphin............  Stenella            Hawaii............  -/-; N        61,021 (0.38,            449        unk           Y            Y
                                  coeruleoalba.                                         44,922, 2010)
                                                                                        \17\.
                                                     N/A...............  ............  964,362 \15\.....  .........  .........  ...........  ...........
    Fraser's dolphin...........  Lagenodelphis       Hawaii............  -/-; N        51,491 (0.66,            310          0           Y            N
                                  hosei.                                                31,034, 2010)
                                                                                        \17\.
    Pacific white-sided dolphin  Lagenorhynchus      Central North       ............  988,333 \16\.....  .........  .........           N            Y
                                  obliquidens.        Pacific.
    Northern right whale         Lissodelphis        N/A...............  ............  307,784 \16\.....  .........  .........           N            Y
     dolphin.                     borealis.
    Risso's dolphin............  Grampus griseus...  Hawaii............  -/-; N        11,613 (0.39,             82          0           Y            Y
                                                                                        8,210, 2010)
                                                                                        \17\.
                                                     N/A/..............  ............  110,457 \15\.....  .........  .........  ...........  ...........
    Melon-headed whale.........  Peponocephala       Hawaii............  -/-; N        8,666 (1.00,              43          0           Y            N
                                  electra.                                              4,299, 2010)
                                                                                        \17\.
                                                     Kohala Resident...  -/-; N        447 (0.12, 404,            4          0  ...........  ...........
                                                                                        2009) \4\.
    Pygmy killer whale.........  Feresa attenuata..  Hawaii............  -/-; N        10,640 (0.53,             56        1.1           Y            N
                                                                                        6,998, 2010)
                                                                                        \17\.
    False killer whale.........  Pseudorca           Hawaii Insular....  E/D;Y         167 (0.14, 149,          0.3          0           Y            Y
                                  crassidens.                                           2015) \17\.
                                                     Northwest Hawaiian  -/-; N        617 (1.11, 290,          2.3        0.4  ...........  ...........
                                                      Islands.                          2010) \17\.
                                                     Hawaii Pelagic....  -/-; N        1,540 (0.66, 928,        9.3        7.6  ...........  ...........
                                                                                        2010) \17\.
                                                     N/A...............  ............  16,668 \18\......  .........  .........  ...........  ...........
    Killer whale...............  Orcinus orca......  Hawaii............  -/-; N        146 (0.96, 74,           0.7          0           Y            Y
                                                                                        2010).
                                                     N/A...............  ............  8,500 \19\.......  .........  .........  ...........  ...........
    Short-finned pilot whale...  Globicephala        Hawaii............  -/-; N        19,503 (0.49,            106        0.9           Y            Y
                                  macrorhynchus.                                        13,197, 2010).
                                                     N/A...............  ............  53,608 \16\......  .........  .........  ...........  ...........
Family Phoenidae (porpoises):
    Dall's porpoise............  Phocoenoides dalli  N/A...............  ............  1,186,000 \20\...  .........  .........           N            Y
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         Order Carnivora--Superfamily Pinnipedia
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Family Otariidae (eared seals
 and sea lions):
    Steller sea lion...........  Eumetopias jubatus  Western DPS.......  E/D; Y        50,983 (-,50,983,  .........  .........           N            Y
                                                                                        2015).
    Northern fur seal..........  Callorhinus         Eastern Pacific...  -/D; Y        626,734 (0.2,         11,405        437           N            Y
                                  ursinus.                                              530,474, 2014).
                                                     N/A...............  ............  1,100,000 \5\....  .........  .........  ...........  ...........
Family Phocidae (earless
 seals):
    Hawaiian monk seal.........  Neomonachus         Hawaii............  E/D; Y        1,324 (0.03,             4.4      >=1.6           Y            N
                                  schauinslandi.                                        1,261, 2015)
                                                                                        \17\.
    Northern elephant seal.....  Mirounga            ..................  ............  210,000-239,000    .........  .........           N            Y
                                  angustirostris.                                       \21\.
    Ribbon seal................  Histriophoca        Alaska............  -/-; N        184,000 (0.12,         9,785        3.8           N            Y
                                  fasciata.                                             163,000, 2013).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Endangered Species Act (ESA) status: Endangered (E), Threatened (T)/MMPA status: Depleted (D). A dash (-) indicates that the species is not listed
  under the ESA or designated as depleted under the MMPA. Under the MMPA, a strategic stock is one for which the level of direct human-caused mortality
  exceeds PBR or which is determined to be declining and likely to be listed under the ESA within the foreseeable future. Any species or stock listed
  under the ESA is automatically designated under the MMPA as depleted and as a strategic stock.

[[Page 44586]]

 
\2\ NMFS marine mammal stock assessment reports online at: www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/sars/. CV is coefficient of variation; Nmin is the minimum estimate of
  stock abundance.
\3\ These values, found in NMFS's SARs, represent annual levels of human-caused mortality plus serious injury from all sources combined (e.g.,
  commercial fisheries, ship strike). Annual M/SI often cannot be determined precisely and is in some cases presented as a minimum value or range. A CV
  associated with estimated mortality due to commercial fisheries is presented in some cases.
\4\ Carretta et al. 2017.
\5\ Jefferson et al. 2015.
\6\ Muto et al. 2017.
\7\ IWC 2018.
\8\ Central and Eastern North Pacific (Hakamada and Matsuoka 2015a).
\9\ Ohsumi and Wada, 1974.
\10\ Whitehead 2002.
\11\ Barlow and Taylor 2005.
\12\ Wade and Gerrodette 1993.
\13\ Western Pacific Ocean (Okamura et al. 2012).
\14\ ETP (Gerrodette and Forcada 2002 in Hammond et al. 2008b).
\15\ Gerrodette et al. 2008.
\16\ North Pacific (Miyashita 1993b).
\17\ Carretta et al. 2018.
\18\ Western North Pacific (Miyashita 1993a).
\19\ Ford 2009.
\20\ Buckland et al. 1993.
\21\ Lowry et al. 2014.
Note:--Italicized species are not expected to be taken or authorized for take.

    All species that could potentially occur in the planned survey area 
are included in Table 1. With the exception of Steller sea lions, these 
species or stocks temporally and spatially co-occur with the activity 
to the degree that take is reasonably likely to occur. However, the 
temporal and/or spatial occurrence of Steller sea lions is such that 
take is not expected to occur, and they are not discussed further 
beyond the explanation provided here. The Steller sea lion occurs along 
the North Pacific Rim from northern Japan to California (Loughlin et 
al. 1984). They are distributed around the coasts to the outer shelf 
from northern Japan through the Kuril Islands and Okhotsk Sea, through 
the Aleutian Islands, central Bering Sea, southern Alaska, and south to 
California (NMFS 2016c). There is little information available on at-
sea occurrence of Steller sea lions in the northwestern Pacific Ocean. 
The Emperor Seamounts survey area is roughly 1,200 kilometers away from 
the Aleutian Islands in waters 2,000 to more than 5,000 meters deep. 
Steller sea lions are unlikely to occur in the offshore survey area 
based on their known distributional range and habitat preference. 
Therefore, it is extremely unlikely that Steller sea lions would be 
exposed to the stressors associated with seismic activities and will 
not be discussed further.
    A detailed description of the of the species likely to be affected 
by the planned project, including brief introductions to the species 
and relevant stocks as well as available information regarding 
population trends and threats, and information regarding local 
occurrence, were provided in the Federal Register notice for the 
proposed IHA (83 FR 30480; June 28, 2018); since that time, we are not 
aware of any changes in the status of these species and stocks; 
therefore, detailed descriptions are not provided here. Please refer to 
that Federal Register notice for these descriptions. Please also refer 
to NMFS' website (www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/species/mammals/) for 
generalized species accounts.

Potential Effects of Specified Activities on Marine Mammals and Their 
Habitat

    The effects of underwater noise from marine geophysical survey 
activities have the potential to result in behavioral harassment and, 
in a limited number of instances, auditory injury (PTS) of marine 
mammals in the vicinity of the action area. The Federal Register notice 
of proposed IHA (83 FR 30480; June 28, 2018) included a discussion of 
the effects of anthropogenic noise on marine mammals and their habitat, 
therefore that information is not repeated here; please refer to that 
Federal Register notice for that information. No instances of serious 
injury or mortality are expected as a result of L-DEO's survey 
activities.

Estimated Take

    This section provides an estimate of the number of incidental takes 
authorized through this IHA, which will inform both NMFS' consideration 
of whether the number of takes is ``small'' and the negligible impact 
determination. As described in detail below, modifications have been 
made to several take estimates based on recommendations from the public 
regarding density or occurrence of certain marine mammal species or 
stocks.
    Harassment is the only type of take expected to result from these 
activities. Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent 
here, section 3(18) of the MMPA defines ``harassment'' as: any act of 
pursuit, torment, or annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a 
marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild (Level A harassment); 
or (ii) has the potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal 
stock in the wild by causing disruption of behavioral patterns, 
including, but not limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding, 
feeding, or sheltering (Level B harassment).
    Authorized takes would primarily be by Level B harassment, as use 
of seismic airguns has the potential to result in disruption of 
behavioral patterns for individual marine mammals. There is also some 
potential for auditory injury (Level A harassment) for mysticetes and 
high frequency cetaceans (i.e., kogiidae spp.), due to larger predicted 
auditory injury zones for those functional hearing groups. The required 
mitigation and monitoring measures are expected to minimize the 
severity of such taking to the extent practicable.
    Auditory injury is unlikely to occur for mid-frequency species 
given very small modeled zones of injury for those species (13.6 m). 
Moreover, the source level of the array is a theoretical definition 
assuming a point source and measurement in the far-field of the source 
(MacGillivray, 2006). As described by Caldwell and Dragoset (2000), an 
array is not a point source, but one that spans a small area. In the 
far-field, individual elements in arrays will effectively work as one 
source because individual pressure peaks will have coalesced into one 
relatively broad pulse. The array can then be considered a ``point 
source.'' For distances within the near-field, i.e., approximately 2-3 
times the array dimensions, pressure peaks from individual elements do 
not arrive simultaneously because the observation point is not 
equidistant from each element. The effect is destructive interference 
of the outputs of each element, so that peak pressures in the near-
field will be significantly lower than the output of the largest 
individual element. Here, the 230 dB peak isopleth distances would in 
all cases be expected to be within the near-field of the array where 
the definition of source level breaks down. Therefore, actual locations 
within this distance of the array center where the sound level exceeds 
230 dB peak SPL would not necessarily exist. In general, Caldwell and 
Dragoset (2000) suggest that the

[[Page 44587]]

near-field for airgun arrays is considered to extend out to 
approximately 250 m.
    As described previously, no mortality is anticipated or authorized 
for this activity. Below we describe how the take is estimated.
    Described in the most basic way, we estimate take by considering: 
(1) Acoustic thresholds above which NMFS believes the best available 
science indicates marine mammals will be behaviorally harassed or incur 
some degree of permanent hearing impairment; (2) the area or volume of 
water that will be ensonified above these levels in a day; (3) the 
density or occurrence of marine mammals within these ensonified areas; 
and (4) and the number of days of activities. Below, we describe these 
components in more detail and present the exposure estimate and 
associated numbers of authorized takes.

Acoustic Thresholds

    Using the best available science, NMFS has developed acoustic 
thresholds that identify the received level of underwater sound above 
which exposed marine mammals would be reasonably expected to be 
behaviorally harassed (equated to Level B harassment) or to incur PTS 
of some degree (equated to Level A harassment).
    Level B Harassment for non-explosive sources--Though significantly 
driven by received level, the onset of behavioral disturbance from 
anthropogenic noise exposure is also informed to varying degrees by 
other factors related to the source (e.g., frequency, predictability, 
duty cycle), the environment (e.g., bathymetry), and the receiving 
animals (hearing, motivation, experience, demography, behavioral 
context) and can be difficult to predict (Southall et al., 2007, 
Ellison et al. 2012). Based on the best available science and the 
practical need to use a threshold based on a factor that is both 
predictable and measurable for most activities, NMFS uses a generalized 
acoustic threshold based on received level to estimate the onset of 
behavioral harassment. NMFS predicts that marine mammals are likely to 
be behaviorally harassed in a manner we consider to fall under Level B 
harassment when exposed to underwater anthropogenic noise above 
received levels of 160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) for non-explosive impulsive 
(e.g., seismic airguns) sources. L-DEO's activity includes the use of 
impulsive seismic sources. Therefore, the 160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) 
criteria is applicable for analysis of level B harassment.
    Level A harassment for non-explosive sources--NMFS' Technical 
Guidance for Assessing the Effects of Anthropogenic Sound on Marine 
Mammal Hearing (NMFS, 2016) identifies dual criteria to assess auditory 
injury (Level A harassment) to five different marine mammal groups 
(based on hearing sensitivity) as a result of exposure to noise from 
two different types of sources (impulsive or non-impulsive). The 
Technical Guidance identifies the received levels, or thresholds, above 
which individual marine mammals are predicted to experience changes in 
their hearing sensitivity for all underwater anthropogenic sound 
sources, reflects the best available science, and better predicts the 
potential for auditory injury than does NMFS' historical criteria.
    These thresholds were developed by compiling and synthesizing the 
best available science and soliciting input multiple times from both 
the public and peer reviewers to inform the final product, and are 
provided in Table 2 below. The references, analysis, and methodology 
used in the development of the thresholds are described in NMFS 2016 
Technical Guidance. As described above, L-DEO's activity includes the 
use of intermittent and impulsive seismic sources.

 Table 2--Thresholds Identifying the Onset of Permanent Threshold Shift
                            in Marine Mammals
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          PTS onset thresholds
        Hearing group         ------------------------------------------
                                  Impulsive *         Non-impulsive
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Low-Frequency (LF) Cetaceans.  Lpk,flat: 219     LE,LF,24h: 199 dB.
                                dB; LE,LF,24h:
                                183 dB.
Mid-Frequency (MF) Cetaceans.  Lpk,flat: 230     LE,MF,24h: 198 dB.
                                dB; LE,MF,24h:
                                185 dB.
High-Frequency (HF) Cetaceans  Lpk,flat: 202     LE,HF,24h: 173 dB.
                                dB; LE,HF,24h:
                                155 dB.
Phocid Pinnipeds (PW)          Lpk,flat: 218     LE,PW,24h: 201 dB.
 (Underwater).                  dB; LE,PW,24h:
                                185 dB.
Otariid Pinnipeds (OW)         Lpk,flat: 232     LE,OW,24h: 219 dB.
 (Underwater).                  dB; LE,OW,24h:
                                203 dB.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note: * Dual metric acoustic thresholds for impulsive sounds: Use
  whichever results in the largest isopleth for calculating PTS onset.
  If a non-impulsive sound has the potential of exceeding the peak sound
  pressure level thresholds associated with impulsive sounds, these
  thresholds should also be considered.
Note: Peak sound pressure (Lpk) has a reference value of 1 [mu]Pa, and
  cumulative sound exposure level (LE) has a reference value of
  1[mu]Pa2s. In this Table, thresholds are abbreviated to reflect
  American National Standards Institute standards (ANSI 2013). However,
  peak sound pressure is defined by ANSI as incorporating frequency
  weighting, which is not the intent for this Technical Guidance. Hence,
  the subscript ``flat'' is being included to indicate peak sound
  pressure should be flat weighted or unweighted within the generalized
  hearing range. The subscript associated with cumulative sound exposure
  level thresholds indicates the designated marine mammal auditory
  weighting function (LF, MF, and HF cetaceans, and PW and OW pinnipeds)
  and that the recommended accumulation period is 24 hours. The
  cumulative sound exposure level thresholds could be exceeded in a
  multitude of ways (i.e., varying exposure levels and durations, duty
  cycle). When possible, it is valuable for action proponents to
  indicate the conditions under which these acoustic thresholds will be
  exceeded.

Ensonified Area

    Here, we describe operational and environmental parameters of the 
activity that will feed into estimating the area ensonified above the 
relevant acoustic thresholds.
    The surveys will acquire data with the 36-airgun array with a total 
discharge of 6,600 in\3\ at a maximum tow depth of 12 m. L-DEO model 
results are used to determine the 160-dBrms radius for the 36-airgun 
array and 40-in\3\ airgun at a 12-m tow depth in deep water (>1000 m) 
down to a maximum water depth of 2,000 m. Received sound levels were 
predicted by L-DEO's model (Diebold et al., 2010) which uses ray 
tracing for the direct wave traveling from the array to the receiver 
and its associated source ghost (reflection at the air-water interface 
in the vicinity of the array), in a constant-velocity half-space 
(infinite homogeneous ocean layer, unbounded by a seafloor). In 
addition, propagation measurements of pulses from the 36-airgun array 
at a tow depth of 6 m have been reported in deep water (approximately 
1,600 m), intermediate water depth on the slope (approximately 600-
1,100 m), and shallow water (approximately 50 m) in the Gulf of Mexico 
in 2007-2008 (Tolstoy et al. 2009; Diebold et al. 2010).
    For deep and intermediate-water cases, the field measurements 
cannot be used readily to derive Level A and Level

[[Page 44588]]

B isopleths, as at those sites the calibration hydrophone was located 
at a roughly constant depth of 350-500 m, which may not intersect all 
the sound pressure level (SPL) isopleths at their widest point from the 
sea surface down to the maximum relevant water depth for marine mammals 
of ~2,000 m. At short ranges, where the direct arrivals dominate and 
the effects of seafloor interactions are minimal, the data recorded at 
the deep and slope sites are suitable for comparison with modeled 
levels at the depth of the calibration hydrophone. At longer ranges, 
the comparison with the model--constructed from the maximum SPL through 
the entire water column at varying distances from the airgun array--is 
the most relevant.
    In deep and intermediate-water depths, comparisons at short ranges 
between sound levels for direct arrivals recorded by the calibration 
hydrophone and model results for the same array tow depth are in good 
agreement (Fig. 12 and 14 in Appendix H of NSF-USGS, 2011). 
Consequently, isopleths falling within this domain can be predicted 
reliably by the L-DEO model, although they may be imperfectly sampled 
by measurements recorded at a single depth. At greater distances, the 
calibration data show that seafloor-reflected and sub-seafloor-
refracted arrivals dominate, whereas the direct arrivals become weak 
and/or incoherent. Aside from local topography effects, the region 
around the critical distance is where the observed levels rise closest 
to the model curve. However, the observed sound levels are found to 
fall almost entirely below the model curve. Thus, analysis of the GoM 
calibration measurements demonstrates that although simple, the L-DEO 
model is a robust tool for conservatively estimating isopleths.
    For deep water (>1,000 m), L-DEO used the deep-water radii obtained 
from model results down to a maximum water depth of 2000 m. The radii 
for intermediate water depths (100-1,000 m) were derived from the deep-
water ones by applying a correction factor (multiplication) of 1.5, 
such that observed levels at very near offsets fall below the corrected 
mitigation curve (See Fig. 16 in Appendix H of NSF-USGS, 2011).
    Measurements have not been reported for the single 40-in\3\ airgun. 
L-DEO model results are used to determine the 160-dB (rms) radius for 
the 40-in\3\ airgun at a 12 m tow depth in deep water (See LGL 2018, 
Figure A-2). For intermediate-water depths, a correction factor of 1.5 
was applied to the deep-water model results.
    L-DEO's modeling methodology is described in greater detail in the 
IHA application (LGL 2018). The estimated distances to the Level B 
harassment isopleth for the Langseth's 36-airgun array and single 40-
in\3\ airgun are shown in Table 3.

   Table 3--Predicted Radial Distances From R/V Langseth Seismic Source to Isopleths Corresponding to Level B
                                              Harassment Threshold
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                   Predicted
                                                                                               distances (in m)
                      Source and volume                        Tow depth (m)    Water depth      to the 160-dB
                                                                                    (m)         received sound
                                                                                                     level
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Single Bolt airgun, 40 in \3\...............................              12          >1,000             \1\ 431
                                                                                   100-1,000             \2\ 647
4 strings, 36 airguns, 6,600 in \3\.........................              12          >1,000           \1\ 6,733
                                                                                   100-1,000          \2\ 10,100
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Distance is based on L-DEO model results.
\2\ Distance is based on L-DEO model results with a 1.5 x correction factor between deep and intermediate water
  depths.

    Predicted distances to Level A harassment isopleths, which vary 
based on marine mammal hearing groups, were calculated based on 
modeling performed by L-DEO using the NUCLEUS software program and the 
NMFS User Spreadsheet, described below. The updated acoustic thresholds 
for impulsive sounds (e.g., airguns) contained in the Technical 
Guidance were presented as dual metric acoustic thresholds using both 
SELcum and peak sound pressure metrics (NMFS 2016). As dual 
metrics, NMFS considers onset of PTS (Level A harassment) to have 
occurred when either one of the two metrics is exceeded (i.e., metric 
resulting in the largest isopleth). The SELcum metric 
considers both level and duration of exposure, as well as auditory 
weighting functions by marine mammal hearing group. In recognition of 
the fact that the requirement to calculate Level A harassment 
ensonified areas could be more technically challenging to predict due 
to the duration component and the use of weighting functions in the new 
SELcum thresholds, NMFS developed an optional User 
Spreadsheet that includes tools to help predict a simple isopleth that 
can be used in conjunction with marine mammal density or occurrence to 
facilitate the estimation of take numbers.
    The values for SELcum and peak SPL for the Langseth 
airgun array were derived from calculating the modified farfield 
signature (Table 4). The farfield signature is often used as a 
theoretical representation of the source level. To compute the farfield 
signature, the source level is estimated at a large distance below the 
array (e.g., 9 km), and this level is back projected mathematically to 
a notional distance of 1 m from the array's geometrical center. 
However, when the source is an array of multiple airguns separated in 
space, the source level from the theoretical farfield signature is not 
necessarily the best measurement of the source level that is physically 
achieved at the source (Tolstoy et al. 2009). Near the source (at short 
ranges, distances <1 km), the pulses of sound pressure from each 
individual airgun in the source array do not stack constructively, as 
they do for the theoretical farfield signature. The pulses from the 
different airguns spread out in time such that the source levels 
observed or modeled are the result of the summation of pulses from a 
few airguns, not the full array (Tolstoy et al. 2009). At larger 
distances, away from the source array center, sound pressure of all the 
airguns in the array stack coherently, but not within one time sample, 
resulting in smaller source levels (a few dB) than the source level 
derived from the farfield signature. Because the farfield signature 
does not take into account the large array effect near the source and 
is calculated as a point source, the modified farfield signature is a 
more appropriate measure of the sound source level for distributed 
sound sources, such as airgun arrays. L-DEO used the acoustic modeling 
methodology as used for Level B harassment with a small grid step of 1

[[Page 44589]]

m in both the inline and depth directions. The propagation modeling 
takes into account all airgun interactions at short distances from the 
source, including interactions between subarrays which are modeled 
using the NUCLEUS software to estimate the notional signature and 
MATLAB software to calculate the pressure signal at each mesh point of 
a grid.

      Table 4--Modeled Source Levels Based on Modified Farfield Signature for the R/V Langseth 6,600 in\3\ Airgun Array, and Single 40 in\3\ Airgun
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         Low frequency       Mid frequency      High frequency     Phocid pinnipeds    Otariid pinnipeds
                                                           cetaceans           cetaceans           cetaceans         (underwater)        (underwater)
                                                      (Lpk,flat: 219 dB;  (Lpk,flat: 230 dB;  (Lpk,flat: 202 dB;  (Lpk,flat: 218 dB;  (Lpk,flat: 232 dB;
                                                         LE,LF,24h: 183      LE,MF,24h: 185      LE,HF,24h: 155      LE,HF,24h: 185      LE,HF,24h: 203
                                                              dB)                 dB)                 dB)                 dB)                 dB)
 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6,600 in \3\ airgun array (Peak SPLflat)............              252.06              252.65              253.24              252.25              252.52
6,600 in \3\ airgun array (SELcum)..................              232.98              232.83              233.08              232.83              232.07
40 in \3\ airgun (Peak SPLflat).....................              223.93                N.A.              223.92              223.95                N.A.
40 in \3\ airgun (SELcum)...........................              202.99              202.89              204.37              202.89              202.35
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    In order to more realistically incorporate the Technical Guidance's 
weighting functions over the seismic array's full acoustic band, 
unweighted spectrum data for the Langseth's airgun array (modeled in 1 
hertz (Hz) bands) was used to make adjustments (dB) to the unweighted 
spectrum levels, by frequency, according to the weighting functions for 
each relevant marine mammal hearing group. These adjusted/weighted 
spectrum levels were then converted to pressures ([mu]Pa) in order to 
integrate them over the entire broadband spectrum, resulting in 
broadband weighted source levels by hearing group that could be 
directly incorporated within the User Spreadsheet (i.e., to override 
the Spreadsheet's more simple weighting factor adjustment). Using the 
User Spreadsheet's ``safe distance'' methodology for mobile sources 
(described by Sivle et al., 2014) with the hearing group-specific 
weighted source levels, and inputs assuming spherical spreading 
propagation and source velocities and shot intervals specific to each 
of the three planned surveys (Table 1), potential radial distances to 
auditory injury zones were then calculated for SELcum 
thresholds.
    Inputs to the User Spreadsheets in the form of estimated SLs are 
shown in Table 5. User Spreadsheets used by L-DEO to estimate distances 
to Level A harassment isopleths for the 36-airgun array and single 40 
in\3\ airgun for the surveys are shown is Tables A-2, A-3, A-5, and A-8 
in Appendix A of the IHA application (LGL 2018). Outputs from the User 
Spreadsheets in the form of estimated distances to Level A harassment 
isopleths for the surveys are shown in Table 5. As described above, 
NMFS considers onset of PTS (Level A harassment) to have occurred when 
either one of the dual metrics (SELcum and Peak 
SPLflat) is exceeded (i.e., metric resulting in the largest 
isopleth).

                            Table 5--Modeled Radial Distances (m) to Isopleths Corresponding to Level A Harassment Thresholds
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         Low frequency       Mid frequency      High frequency     Phocid pinnipeds    Otariid pinnipeds
                                                           cetaceans           cetaceans           cetaceans         (underwater)        (underwater)
                                                      (Lpk,flat: 219 dB;  (Lpk,flat: 230 dB;  (Lpk,flat: 202 dB;  (Lpk,flat: 218 dB;  (Lpk,flat: 232 dB;
                                                      LE,LF,24h: 183 dB)  LE,MF,24h: 185 dB)  LE,HF,24h: 155 dB)  LE,HF,24h: 185 dB)  LE,HF,24h: 203 dB)
 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6,600 in \3\ airgun array (Peak SPLflat)............                45.0                13.6              364.75                51.6                10.6
6,600 in \3\ airgun array (SELcum)..................               320.2                N.A.                   1                10.4                N.A.
40 in \3\ airgun (Peak SPLflat).....................                1.76                N.A.                12.5                1.98                N.A.
40 in \3\ airgun (SELcum)...........................                 0.5                N.A.                N.A.                N.A.                N.A.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Note that because of some of the assumptions included in the 
methods used, isopleths produced may be overestimates to some degree, 
which will ultimately result in some degree of overestimate of Level A 
harassment. However, these tools offer the best way to predict 
appropriate isopleths when more sophisticated modeling methods are not 
available, and NMFS continues to develop ways to quantitatively refine 
these tools and will qualitatively address the output where 
appropriate. For mobile sources, such as the planned seismic survey, 
the User Spreadsheet predicts the closest distance at which a 
stationary animal would not incur PTS if the sound source traveled by 
the animal in a straight line at a constant speed.

Marine Mammal Occurrence

    In this section we provide the information about the presence, 
density, or group dynamics of marine mammals that will inform the take 
calculations. The best available scientific information was considered 
in conducting marine mammal exposure estimates (the basis for 
estimating take).
    In the planned survey area in the Hawaiian EEZ, densities from 
Bradford et al. (2017) were used, when available. For the pygmy sperm 
whale, dwarf sperm whale, and spinner dolphin, densities from Barlow et 
al. (2009) were used because densities were not provided by Bradford et 
al. (2017). Densities for striped dolphin and Fraser's dolphins were 
revised based on input from the Commission. As noted previously, NMFS 
had divided the unidentified Mesoplodon species' density of 1.89 
animals/1,000 km\2\ from Bradford et al. (2017) by three. For this 
notice, NMFS NMFS assumed that each species of those species could have 
a density of 1.89 animals/1,000 km\2\. For the humpback, sei, minke, 
and killer whales, the calculated take was increased to mean group 
size.

[[Page 44590]]

    For Hawaiian monk seals, NMFS followed the methods used by the U.S. 
Navy (Navy 2017a) to determine densities. The U.S. Navy calculated 
density of Hawaiian monk seal for three areas: The Main Hawaiian 
Islands in waters less than 200 meters, the Northwest Hawaiian Islands 
in waters less than 200 meters, and waters 200 meters deep to the 
Hawaiian EEZ boundary.
    The 200 meter isobath was selected as a boundary because of 
information related to Hawaiian monk seal foraging behavior that came 
out of the final rule for designated critical habitat. Ninety-eight 
percent of recorded dives were within the 200-meter isobath in the Main 
Hawaiian Islands this depth boundary was considered sufficient for 
foraging habitat for adults and juveniles. The area around the Main 
Hawaiian Islands to the 200-meter isobath was estimated to be 6,630 
km\2\ (6,142 km\2\ in the Northwest Hawaiian Islands). The area from 
the 200-meter isobath to the Hawaiian EEZ is estimated to be 2,461,994 
km\2\. The U.S. Navy also assumed that 90 percent of the population 
would occur inside the 200-meter isobath.
    The U.S. Navy used the following calculation to estimate density:

[(number of seals * percent of the population in or out of the 200-m)/
200-m area] * In-water factor

    By applying the U.S. Navy's methodology using updated population 
estimates for the 2017 stock assessment report for the U.S. Pacific 
(Carretta et al. 2018) and haul-out factors, we can estimate Hawaiian 
monk seal density. NMFS had used older abundance data in the proposed 
notice.

Main Hawaiian Islands inside 200 m isobath
[(145 seals * 0.90)/6,630 km\2\] * 0.68 = 0.0134 seals/km\2\
Northwest Hawaiian Islands inside 200 m isobath
[(1,179 seals * 0.90)/6,142 km\2\] * 0.68 = 0. 1175 seals/km\2\
Hawaiian EEZ
[(1,324 * 0.10)/2,461,994 km2] * 0.68 = 0.000037 seals/km\2\

    Based on where the action will occur, it NMFS utilized the density 
estimate for the Hawaiian EEZ.
    There are very few published data on the densities of cetaceans or 
pinnipeds in the Emperor Seamounts area, so NMFS relied on a range of 
sources to establish marine mammal densities. As part of the Navy's 
Final Supplemental Environmental Impact Statement/Supplemental Overseas 
Environmental Impact Statement for SURTASS LFA Sonar Routine Training, 
Testing, and Military Operations, the Navy modelled densities for a 
designated mission area northeast of Japan during the summer season. 
These values were used for the North Pacific right whale, sei whale, 
fin whale, sperm whale, Cuvier's beaked whale, Stejneger's beaked 
whale, and Baird's beaked whale.
    For northern right whale dolphin, Dall's porpoise, and northern fur 
seal, L-DEO used densities from Buckland et al. (1993). Forney and Wade 
(2006) reported a density of 0.3/100 km\2\ for killer whales at 
latitudes 43-48 [deg]N where the planned survey would be conducted. 
Although Miyashita (1993) published data on the abundance of striped, 
Pantropical spotted, bottlenose, and Risso's dolphins, and false killer 
and short-finned pilot whales in the Northwest Pacific Ocean as far 
north as 41[deg]N, the distributional range of the Pantropical spotted 
and bottlenose dolphins does not extend as far north as the planned 
survey area. For the other species, we used data from 40-41[deg]N, 160-
180[deg]E to calculate densities and estimate the numbers of 
individuals that could be exposed to seismic sounds during the survey. 
Risso's dolphin, false killer whale, and short-finned pilot whale are 
expected to be rare in the survey area, and the calculated densities 
were zero. Thus, we used the mean group size from Bradford et al. 
(2017) for Risso's dolphin and short-finned pilot whale, and the mean 
group size of false killer whales from Barlow (2006).
    The short-beaked common dolphin is expected to be rare in the 
Emperor Seamounts survey area; thus, there are no density estimates 
available. L-DEO used the mean group size (rounded up) for the 
California Current from Barlow (2016). The density of Bryde's whale in 
the planned survey area was assumed to be zero, based on information 
from Hakamada et al. (2009, 2017) and Forney et al. (2015); its known 
distribution range does not appear to extend that far north. For this 
species, L-DEO rounded up the mean group size from Bradford et al. 
(2017). For pygmy and dwarf sperm whales, NMFS assumed densities in the 
Emperor Seamounts would be equivalent to those in the Hawaii survey are 
and used densities from Bradford et al. 2017.
    The densities for the remaining species were obtained from 
calculations using data from the papers presented to the IWC. For blue 
and humpback whales, L-DEO used a weighted mean density from Matsuoka 
et al. (2009) for the years 1994-2007 and Hakamada and Matsuoka (2015) 
for the years 2008-2014. L-DEO used Matsuoka et al. (2009) instead of 
Matsuoka et al. (2015), as the later document did not contain all of 
the necessary information to calculate densities. L-DEO used densities 
for their Block 9N which coincides with the planned Emperor Seamounts 
survey area. The density for each survey period was weighted by the 
number of years in the survey period; that is, 14 years for Matsuoka et 
al. (2009) and 7 years for Hakamada and Matsuoka (2015), to obtain a 
final density for the 21-year period. For minke whales L-DEO used the 
estimates of numbers of whales in survey blocks overlapping the Emperor 
Seamounts survey area from Hakamada et al. (2009); densities were 
estimated by dividing the number of whales in Block 9N by the area of 
Block 9N. For gray whales, NMFS used a paper by Rugh et al. (2005) that 
looked at abundance of eastern DPS gray whales. The paper provides mean 
group sizes for their surveys, which ranged from 1 to 2 individuals. 
For purposes of estimating exposures we will assume that the western 
DPS group sizes would not vary greatly from the eastern DPS. As such, 
NMFS assumes that there will be two western DPS gray whales Level B 
takes, based on mean group size.
    Finally, no northern elephant seals have been reported during any 
of the above surveys although Buckland et al. (1993) estimated fur seal 
abundance during their surveys. Telemetry studies, however, indicate 
that elephant seals do forage as far west as the Emperor Seamounts 
survey area. Here, L-DEO assumed a density of 0.00831/1000 km\2\, which 
is 10% of that used by LGL Limited (2017) for an area off the west 
coast of the U.S. However, densities of northern elephant seals in the 
region are expected to be much less than densities of northern fur 
seals. For species that are unlikely to occur in the survey area, such 
as ribbon seals, exposures are set at 5 individuals. Densities for 
animals in Emperor Seamounts are shown in Table 8.

Take Calculation and Estimation

    Here we describe how the information provided above is brought 
together to produce a quantitative take estimate. In order to estimate 
the number of marine mammals predicted to be exposed to sound levels 
that would result in Level A harassment or Level B harassment, radial 
distances from the airgun array to predicted isopleths corresponding to 
the Level A harassment and Level B harassment thresholds are 
calculated, as described above. Those radial distances are then used to 
calculate the area(s) around the airgun array predicted to be 
ensonified to sound levels that exceed the Level A harassment and Level 
B harassment thresholds. The area estimated to be ensonified in a 
single

[[Page 44591]]

day of active seismic operations is then calculated (Table 6) based on 
the areas predicted to be ensonified around the array and the estimated 
trackline distance traveled per day. For purposes of Level B take 
calculations, areas estimated to be ensonified to Level A harassment 
thresholds are subtracted from areas estimated to be ensonified to 
Level B harassment thresholds in order to avoid double counting the 
animals taken (i.e., if an animal is taken by Level A harassment, it is 
not also counted as taken by Level B harassment). The daily ensonified 
areas are multiplied by density estimates for each species to arrive at 
a daily exposure rate. The daily exposure rate is subsequently 
multiplied by the number of planned survey days plus a 25 percent 
contingency factor. Active seismic operations are planned for 13 days 
at Emperor Seamounts and 19 days at Hawaii. Therefore, the number of 
survey days is increased to 16 in the Emperor Seamounts and 24 in 
Hawaii area. Estimated exposures for the Hawaii survey and the Emperor 
Seamounts survey are shown respectively in Table 7 and Table 8.

    Table 6--Areas (km\2\) Estimated To Be Ensonified to Level A and Level B Harassment Thresholds, per Day for Hawaii and Emperor Seamounts Surveys
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                               Daily                       Total survey
                  Survey                                      Criteria                      ensonified    Planned survey     days (25%       Relevant
                                                                                           area (km\2\)        days          increase)     isopleth (m)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     Hawaii Level B
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Multi-depth line (intermediate water)....  160 dB.......................................           538.5              12              15          10,100
Multi-depth line (deep water)............  160 dB.......................................          2349.8              12              15           6,733
Multi-depth line (total).................  160 dB.......................................          2888.2              12              15           6,733
Deep-water line..........................  160 dB.......................................          2566.3               7               9           6,733
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   Hawaii Level A \1\
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Hawaii...................................  LF Cetacean..................................           115.6              19              24           320.2
                                           MF Cetacean..................................             4.9              19              24            13.6
                                           HF Cetacean..................................            96.8              19              24           268.3
                                           Phocid.......................................            15.7              19              24            43.7
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                Emperor Seamounts Level B
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Emperor Seamounts........................  160 dB.......................................          2566.3              13              16           6,733
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              Emperor Seamounts Level A \1\
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Emperor Seamounts........................  LF Cetacean..................................           115.6              13              16           320.2
                                           MF Cetacean..................................             4.9              13              16            13.6
                                           HF Cetacean..................................            96.8              13              16           268.3
                                           Phocid.......................................            15.7              13              16            43.7
                                           Otariid......................................             3.8              13              16            10.6
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Level A ensonified areas are estimated based on the greater of the distances calculated to Level A isopleths using dual criteria (SELcum and
  peakSPL).


              Table 7--Densities, Exposures, Percentage of Stock or Population Exposed, and Number of Authorized Takes During Hawaii Survey
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                           Percentage of         Authorized takes
                  Species                               Stock               Density (#/        Total          stock/     -------------------------------
                                                                           1,000 km\2\)      exposures      population        Level A         Level B
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Humpback whale............................  Central North Pacific.......  ..............           \4\ 2           <0.01               0               2
                                            Western North Pacific.......  ..............             0.2  ..............  ..............  ..............
Minke whale...............................  Hawaii......................           \3\ 0           \4\ 1           <0.01               0               1
Bryde's whale.............................  Hawaii......................        \1\ 0.72              47             2.8               2              45
Sei whale.................................  Hawaii......................        \1\ 0.16              11             6.2               0              11
Fin whale.................................  Hawaii......................        \1\ 0.06               4             2.7               0               4
Blue whale................................  Central North Pacific.......        \1\ 0.05               5             3.9               0               5
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       Odontocetes
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sperm whale...............................  Hawaii......................        \1\ 1.86             123             2.7               0             123
Pygmy sperm whale.........................  Hawaii......................        \2\ 2.91             191             2.8               7             184
Dwarf sperm whale.........................  Hawaii......................        \2\ 7.14             470             2.8              16             454
Cuvier's beaked whale.....................  Hawaii pelagic..............        \1\ 0.30              20             2.8               0              20
Longman's beaked whale....................  Hawaii......................        \1\ 3.11             205             2.7               0             205
Blainville's beaked whale.................  Hawaii pelagic..............        \1\ 0.86              57             2.7               0              57
Ginkgo-toothed beaked whale...............  N/A.........................        \6\ 1.89             124             0.5               0             124
Deraniygala's beaked whale................  N/A.........................        \6\ 1.89             124             0.5               0             124
Hubb's beaked whale.......................  N/A.........................        \6\ 1.89             124             0.5               0             124
Rough-toothed dolphin.....................  Hawaii......................       \1\ 29.63           1,949             2.7               0           1,949
Common bottlenose dolphin.................  HI Pelagic..................        \1\ 8.99             592         \7\ 2.7               0             592
                                            Oahu........................  ..............  ..............             1.2  ..............  ..............
                                            HI Islands..................  ..............  ..............             7.0  ..............  ..............
Pantropical spotted dolphin...............  HI Pelagic..................       \1\ 23.32           1,534         \8\ 2.6               0           1,534

[[Page 44592]]

 
                                            Oahu........................  ..............  ..............            N.A.  ..............  ..............
                                            HI Islands..................  ..............  ..............            N.A.  ..............  ..............
Spinner dolphin...........................  HI Pelagic..................        \2\ 6.99             460            N.A.               0             460
                                            HI Island...................  ..............  ..............         \9\ 3.8  ..............  ..............
                                            Oahu/4 island...............  ..............  ..............             6.7  ..............  ..............
Striped dolphin...........................  HI Pelagic..................          \1\ 25           1,644             0.6               0           1,644
Fraser's dolphin..........................  Hawaii......................        \1\ 21.0           1,381             2.7               0           1,381
Risso's dolphin...........................  Hawaii......................        \1\ 4.74             312             2.7               0             312
Melon-headed whale........................  HI Islands..................        \1\ 3.54             810             8.6               0        \10\ 810
                                            Kohala resident.............  ..............  ..............            13.4  ..............  ..............
Pygmy killer whale........................  Hawaii......................        \1\ 4.35             286             2.7               0             286
False killer whale........................  MHI Insular.................        \5\ 0.09               5            11.9               0         \11\ 20
                                            HI Pelagic..................        \5\ 0.06              40             2.6               0              40
Killer whale..............................  Hawaiian Islands............        \1\ 0.06           \4\ 5            2.42               0               5
Short-finned pilot whale..................  Hawaii......................        \1\ 7.97             524             2.7               0             524
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        Pinnipeds
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Hawaiian monk seal........................  Hawaii......................    \3\ 0.000037               3            0.22               0               3
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\-- Bradford et al. 2017.
\2\--Barlow et al. 2009.
\3\--Baker et al. 2016.
\4\--Requested take authorization (Level B only) increased to mean group size from Mobley et al. 2001.
\5\--Bradford et al. 2015.
\6\--From Bradford et al. (2017) for `Unidentified Mesoplodon'.
\7\--Assumes 98.5 percent of takes are from Hawaii pelagic stock (588) with remaining 1 percent from Oahu stock (6) and 0.5 percent from Hawaiian
  Islands (3) stock. Assumed average group size of 9 for Oahu and Hawaii Island stocks.
\8\--Assumes 94.16 percent of takes are from Hawaii pelagic stock (1,461), 5.25 percent are from Hawaiia Island stock (82), and 0.59 are from Oahu
  stock. Populations of insular stocks are unknown.
\9\--Assumes 0.36 percent for Oahu/4-Islands stock (1), 0.95 percent for Hawaii Island stock (4) and remaining from Pelagic stock (459) stocks. NMFS
  will assume average group size of 24 for the Oahu/4-Island and Hawaii Island stock exposures (NMFS 2016).
\10\--Assumes Level B harassment of 3 groups of 20 Kohala resident stock whales and 3 groups of 250 Hawaiian Island stock animals.
\11\--Increased to average group size of 20 (Oleson et al. 2010).

    Changes to Main Hawaiian Islands insular false killer whale take 
estiamtes--NMFS has recalculated exposures of Main Hawaiian Islands 
insular false killer whale DPS due to recently designated critical 
habitat for this species (83 FR 35062; July 24, 2018). A total of 
3,455-kilometers of tracklines will be surveyed around the Main 
Hawaiian Islands where insular false killer whales show a preference 
for deeper waters just offshore (45-meters) to the 3,200-meter depth 
boundary. The majority of the planned tracklines are outside this area 
in waters deeper than 3,200-meters. NMFS used critical habitat to serve 
as the range boundary for this DPS. In order to calculate the amount of 
exposure for Main Hawaiian Islands Insular false killer whales during 
the planned action, NMFS determined the amount of tracklines within the 
DPS's range. There are 236.6 km of planned tracklines in Main Hawaiian 
Islands insular false killer whale range (or about 6.8 percent of the 
tracklines for the entire Hawaii seismic survey). Only portions of 
Tracklines 1 and 2 are within the DPS's range. Because the size of the 
ensonified areas changes with water depth, NMFS determined the amount 
of tracklines in each depth range. All of Trackline 1 takes place in 
deep water (>1,000 meters/141.6 km), and most of Trackline 2 takes 
place in deep water (76.6 km) with 18.4 km in intermediate depth water 
(100 to 1,000 m). Tracklines 1 and 2 would be surveyed twice, once for 
reflection data, and once for refraction data. At a speed of 7.6 km/hr, 
it would take the Langseth about 37.3 hours to survey Trackline 1, and 
25 hours to survey Trackline 2 (both passes), for about 2.6 days in 
total.
    NMFS calculated ensonified area along the tracklines to arrive at a 
total of 3,940-km\2\ within the species' range. As noted previously, a 
contingency of 25 percent was added to the number of survey days, which 
is the equivalent of adding 25 percent to the planned line tracklines. 
The total amount of ensonified area with the 25 percent contingency is 
4,92 5km\2\. Bradford et al. (2015) calculated the density of Main 
Hawaiian Islands Insular false killer whales at 0.09 individuals per 
100 km\2\, which was multiplied by the total ensonified area plus 
contingency, resulting in five Main Hawaiian Island insular false 
killer whale exposures. False killer whales are commonly sighted in 
groups of 10 to 20 (Baird 2009; Baird et al. 2010; Wade and Gerrodette 
1993) with 20 individuals being regarded as about the average group 
size (Oleson et al. 2010). Therefore, authorized Level B harassment 
takes was increased from 5 individuals to 20.
    Changes to melon-headed whale take estimates--NMFS had estimated in 
the proposed notice that there would be 235 Level B harassment takes of 
melon-headed whales from the combined Kohala resident stock and the 
Hawaiian Islands stock. Kohala resident stock members could only be 
affected during Trackline 1 operations off of the Kohala Peninsula and 
the west coast of Hawaii Island in waters of less than 2,500 m of 
water. This segment of the survey represents a small portion of the 
total Hawaiian Island tracklines. The Hawaiian Islands stock of melon-
headed whales may be found along any of the planned tracklines, 
including within the range of the Kohala resident stock. Kohala 
resident whales can be found in large groups of up to several hundred 
with a median group size of 210 (Forney et al. 2017). However, they 
have also been observed in smaller groups of 4 and 17 individuals 
(Aschettino et al. 2011). Additionally, these smaller groups were often 
followed by much larger groups, which suggests that the small groups 
may have branched off from larger groups.
    L-DEO is required to shutdown whenever a melon-headed whale is 
detected while passing through the Kohala resident stock's range. L-DEO

[[Page 44593]]

also intends to pass through this range during daylight hours to 
maximize the potential for detection. PSOs should be able to observe 
the larger groups containing hundreds of animals at a significant 
distance and implement shutdown accordingly. When a small group of 
whales is observed, shutdown will also be implemented and PSOs will 
shift to state of heightened alert since a larger main group may be in 
close proximity. Given this information, NMFS will assume that up to 3 
groups of 20 Kohala resident whales may be taken by Level B harassment 
if they enter the zone undetected by PSOs. This would result in up to 
60 Level B harassment takes. Given the species' large group sizes, NMFS 
will also assume that up to 3 groups of 250 Hawaiian Island animals may 
be taken during the remainder of the cruise outside of the range of 
Kohala resident stock. Therefore, NMFS authorizes the take of up to 810 
melon headed whales.
    Changes to common bottlenose dolphin take estimates--There are four 
individual common bottlenose dolphin stocks within the Hawaiian Islands 
complex. None of the planned survey tracklines will traverse the ranges 
of the Kauai/Niihau or 4-Islands stocks so animals from these stocks 
will not be impacted by seismic activities. In the proposed notice NMFS 
had estimated that a small number of takes would be accrued to the 4 
Islands stock. Therefore, takes of this stock are not authorized in the 
final IHA and NMFS revised the number of authorized takes estimated to 
accrue to the remaining Hawaii pelagic, Oahu, and Hawaiian Islands 
stocks as described below.
    During the survey along Trackline 1 a short time will be spent 
traversing the northern boundary of the Hawaiian Island stock while 
along Trackline 2 the survey will run through the northwest boundary of 
the Oahu stock. The vast majority of planned survey tracklines occur in 
waters that are greater than 1,000 m which marks the boundary between 
the Hawaiian pelagic and Hawaiian insular stocks. According to a GIS 
analysis, an estimated 0.47 percent of all Hawaii tracklines will take 
place in waters less than 1,000 m deep northwest of Oahu along 
Trackline 2 and 1.00 percent will occur in depths less than 1,000 m 
north of Hawaii along Trackline 1. Therefore, NMFS will assume that the 
remaining 98.5% percent (588) of total takes will be accrued by the 
pelagic stock, 0.5 percent (3) will accrue to the Oahu stock and 1 
percent (6) will accrue to the Hawaiian Island stock. Insular stocks 
have an average group size of group size of 8.5 rounded up to 9, so 9 
takes will accrue to the Oahu stock and 9 takes to the Hawaiian Island 
stock (Baird et al. 2002). Note that the ranges of these two insular 
stocks completely encompass the islands for which they are named out to 
the 1,000 m bathymetric contour line. Given such expansive ranges, it 
is unlikely that large numbers of either stock would be concentrated 
near a trackline during the short time the vessel is within the 
delineated stock boundaries.
    Changes to spinner dolphin take estimates--For the final IHA, NMFS 
conducted a comprehensive GIS analysis to determine how spinner dolphin 
takes should be accrued among the various stocks in the region. This 
had not been done for the proposed IHA. There are four stocks of 
spinner dolphins within the U.S. EEZ of the Hawaiian Islands. Planned 
seismic survey tracklines would traverse the ranges of the Hawaii 
Island, Oahu/4-Islands, and Hawaii Pelagic stocks. Stock boundaries for 
the Hawaii Island and Oahu/4-Islands stocks extend out 10 nautical 
miles (nmi) from the coasts of these islands. An estimated 0.36 percent 
of all tracklines will take place in the range of the Oahu/4-Island 
stock northwest of Oahu along Trackline 2, and 0.95 percent will occur 
in the range of the Hawaii Island stock north of Hawaii along Trackline 
1, with remaining takes being accrued by the Hawaii Pelagic stock. This 
results in 1 estimated Oahu/4-Island stock exposure, 4 Hawaii Island 
stock exposures, and 459 Pelagic stock exposures. NMFS will assume 
average group size of 24 individuals for the Oahu/4-Island and Hawaii 
Island stock exposures (NMFS 2016).
    Changes to pantropical spotted dolphin take estimates--A 
comprehensive GIS analysis was also conducted for the pantropical 
spotted dolphin stock takes estimates, which had not been included in 
the proposed IHA. There are four management stocks of pantropical 
spotted dolphins within the Hawaiian Islands EEZ (Oleson et al. 2013) 
including: (1) The Oahu stock, which includes spotted dolphins within 
20 km of Oahu, (2) the 4-Island stock, which includes spotted dolphins 
within 20 km of Maui, Molokai, Lanai, and Kahoolawe collectively, (3) 
the Hawaii Island stock, which includes spotted dolphins found within 
65 km of Hawaii Island, and (4) the Hawaii pelagic stock, which 
includes spotted dolphins inhabiting the waters throughout the Hawaiian 
Islands EEZ, outside of the insular stock areas, but including adjacent 
high seas. Planned seismic survey lines would traverse the Hawaii 
Island, Oahu, and Hawaii Pelagic stocks. An estimated 0.59 percent of 
all tracklines will take place in the range of the Oahu stock northwest 
of Oahu along Trackline 2, and 5.25 percent will occur in the range of 
the Hawaii Island stock north and west of Hawaii along Trackline 1 with 
the remaining accrued by the Hawaii Pelagic stock. This results in an 
estimated 9 Oahu stock exposures, 82 Hawaii Island stock exposures, and 
1,461 Pelagic stock exposures.
    For Hawaiian monk seals, NMFS used an updated abundance estimate 
(Baker et al. 2016) recommended by the Commission to estimate density. 
NMFS multiplied the updated estimated density by the daily ensonified 
area (160 dB zone) on one day, times the 1.25 percent operational 
contingency. Since the planned action will take place in different 
water depths, there are two different daily ensonified areas. For deep 
water (>1,000 meters), the daily ensonified area is 2,349.8 km\2\. For 
intermediate depths (100-1,000 meters), the daily ensonified area is 
538.5 km\2\. The vast majority of the survey (3,403 kilometers) will 
take place in deep water. Only 52 km will take place in intermediate 
depths. However, use of the updated abundance and density estimates 
resulted in the same number of authorized Level B harassment takes (3) 
that was included in the proposed IHA.

        Table 8--Densities, Expsoures, Percentage of Stock or Population Exposed, and Number of Authorized Takes During Emperor Seamounts Survey
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                             Estimated                     Percentage of         Authorized takes
             Species                               Stock                    density (#/        Total        population   -------------------------------
                                                                            1000 km\2\)      exposures     (total takes)      Level A         Level B
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gray whale.......................  N/A..................................            N.A.           \2\ 2            1.43               0               2
North Pacific right whale........  N/A..................................        \1\ 0.01          \10\ 2            0.45               0               2
Humpback whale...................  Central North Pacific................        \1\ 0.41              18       \11\ 0.17          \13\ 2         \11\ 16
                                   Western North Pacific DPS............  ..............  ..............       \11\ 0.18  ..............  ..............
Minke whale......................  N/A..................................            2.48             103            0.47               5              98

[[Page 44594]]

 
Bryde's whale....................  N/A..................................            N.A.           \3\ 2           <0.01               0               2
Sei whale........................  N/A..................................        \1\ 0.29              14            0.05           \3\ 3              11
Fin whale........................  N/A..................................        \1\ 0.20               8            0.06               0               8
Blue whale.......................  Central North Pacific................            0.13               5             3.7               0               5
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       Odontocetes
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sperm whale......................  N/A..................................        \1\ 2.20              90            0.30               0              90
Pygmy sperm whale................  N/A..................................        \4\ 2.91             121             1.7               0             121
Dwarf sperm whale................  N/A..................................        \4\ 7.14             298             1.7               0             298
Cuvier's beaked whale............  N/A..................................        \1\ 5.40             225            1.11               0             225
Stejner's beaked whale...........  Alaska...............................         \1\ 0.5              21            0.08               0              21
Baird's beaked whale.............  N/A..................................         \1\ 2.9             121            1.19               0             121
Short-beaked common dolphin......  N/A..................................         \5\ 180            N.A.           <0.01               0             180
Striped dolphin..................  N/A..................................        \6\ 9.21             384            0.04               0             384
Pacific white-sided dolphin......  N/A..................................       \7\ 68.81           2,870            0.29               0           2,870
Northern right whale dolphin.....  N/A..................................        \7\ 3.37             141            0.04               0             141
Risso's dolphin..................  N/A..................................          \3\ 27           1,126            1.02               0           1,126
False killer whale...............  N/A..................................          \5\ 10             417             2.5               0             417
Killer whale.....................  N/A..................................   \8\ \12\ 3.00           1,253            14.7               0           1,253
Short-finned pilot whale.........  N/A..................................          \3\ 41           1,713             3.2               0           1,713
Dall's porpoise..................  N/A..................................           35.46           1,479            0.13              56           1,423
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        Pinnipeds
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Northern fur seal................  N/A..................................        \7\ 3.56             149            0.01               0             149
Northern elephant seal...........  N/A..................................            8.31             343            0.15               0             343
Ribbon seal......................  Alaska...............................            N.A.           \9\ 5           <0.01               0               5
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\--Navy 2017b. Final Supplemental Environmental Impact Statement/Supplemental Overseas Environmental Impact Statement.--SURTASS.
\2\--Mean group size based on Rugh et al. (2005).
\3\--Mean group size from Bradford et al. (2017).
\4\--Bradford et al. (2017).
\5\--Mean group size from Barlow (2016).
\6\--Miyashita (1993).
\7\--Buckland et al. (1993).
\8\--Forney and Wade (2006).
\9\--Estimated exposures increased to 5 for pinnipeds.
\10\--Mean group size from Matsuoka et al. (2009).
\11\--Based on population size, take is split proportionally between central north Pacific (91.2 percent of total take) and western north Pacific DPS
  stocks (9.8 percent of total take). Assumes 2 Level B harassment takes of western north Pacific DPS.
\12\--Density is based on number of animals/100 km\2\.
\13\--Mean group size from Mobley et al. (2001).

    The only stocks that occur in both the Emperor Seamounts and the 
Hawaiian Islands are the Central North Pacific (CNP) humpback whale, 
Western North Pacific (WNP) humpback whale, and Central North Pacific 
(CNP) blue whale stocks. NMFS combined take estimates from both surveys 
and calculated the percentage of each stock taken. The results were 
0.18 percent for the CNP humpback stock, 0.36 percent for the WNP 
humpback stock, and 7.5 percent for the CNP blue whale stock.
    It should be noted that authorized take numbers shown in Tables 7 
and 8 are expected to be conservative for several reasons. First, in 
the calculations of estimated take, 25 percent has been added in the 
form of operational survey days to account for the possibility of 
additional seismic operations associated with airgun testing and repeat 
coverage of any areas where initial data quality is sub-standard, and 
in recognition of the uncertainties in the density estimates used to 
estimate take as described above. Additionally, marine mammals would be 
expected to move away from a loud sound source that represents an 
aversive stimulus, such as an airgun array, potentially reducing the 
number of Level A takes. However, the extent to which marine mammals 
would move away from the sound source is difficult to quantify and is, 
therefore, not accounted for in the take estimates.

Mitigation

    In order to issue an IHA under Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA, 
NMFS must set forth the permissible methods of taking pursuant to such 
activity, ``and other means of effecting the least practicable impact 
on such species or stock and its habitat, paying particular attention 
to rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar significance, and on 
the availability of such species or stock for taking'' for certain 
subsistence uses (latter not applicable for this action). NMFS 
regulations require applicants for incidental take authorizations to 
include information about the availability and feasibility (economic 
and technological) of equipment, methods, and manner of conducting such 
activity or other means of effecting the least practicable adverse 
impact upon the affected species or stocks and their habitat (50 CFR 
216.104(a)(11)).
    In evaluating how mitigation may or may not be appropriate to 
ensure the least practicable adverse impact on species or stocks and 
their habitat, as well as subsistence uses where applicable, we 
carefully consider two primary factors:
    (1) The manner in which, and the degree to which, the successful 
implementation of the measure(s) is expected to reduce impacts to 
marine mammals, marine mammal species or stocks, and their habitat. 
This considers the nature of the potential adverse impact being 
mitigated (likelihood, scope, range). It further considers the 
likelihood that the measure will be effective if implemented 
(probability of accomplishing the mitigating result if implemented as 
planned) the likelihood of effective implementation (probability 
implemented as planned), and

[[Page 44595]]

    (2) the practicability of the measures for applicant 
implementation, which may consider such things as cost, impact on 
operations.
    L-DEO has reviewed mitigation measures employed during seismic 
research surveys authorized by NMFS under previous incidental 
harassment authorizations, as well as recommended best practices in 
Richardson et al. (1995), Pierson et al. (1998), Weir and Dolman 
(2007), Nowacek et al. (2013), Wright (2014), and Wright and Cosentino 
(2015), and has incorporated a suite of planned mitigation measures 
into their project description based on the above sources.
    To reduce the potential for disturbance from acoustic stimuli 
associated with the activities, L-DEO will implement mitigation 
measures for marine mammals. Mitigation measures that will be adopted 
during the planned surveys include (1) Vessel-based visual mitigation 
monitoring; (2) Vessel-based passive acoustic monitoring; (3) 
Establishment of an exclusion zone; (4) Power down procedures; (5) 
Shutdown procedures; (6) Ramp-up procedures; and (7) Vessel strike 
avoidance measures. Note that additional measures have been included in 
the final IHA that were not contained in the proposed IHA. These 
measures are described in the following sections.

Vessel-Based Visual Mitigation Monitoring

    Visual monitoring requires the use of trained observers (herein 
referred to as visual PSOs) to scan the ocean surface visually for the 
presence of marine mammals. The area to be scanned visually includes 
primarily the exclusion zone, but also the buffer zone. The buffer zone 
means an area beyond the exclusion zone to be monitored for the 
presence of marine mammals that may enter the exclusion zone. During 
pre-clearance monitoring (i.e., before ramp-up begins), the buffer zone 
also acts as an extension of the exclusion zone in that observations of 
marine mammals within the buffer zone would also prevent airgun 
operations from beginning (i.e., ramp-up). The buffer zone encompasses 
the area at and below the sea surface from the edge of the 0-500 meter 
exclusion zone, out to a radius of 1,000 meters from the edges of the 
airgun array (500-1,000 meters). Visual monitoring of the exclusion 
zones and adjacent waters is intended to establish and, when visual 
conditions allow, maintain zones around the sound source that are clear 
of marine mammals, thereby reducing or eliminating the potential for 
injury and minimizing the potential for more severe behavioral 
reactions for animals occurring close to the vessel. Visual monitoring 
of the buffer zone is intended to (1) provide additional protection to 
na[iuml]ve marine mammals that may be in the area during pre-clearance, 
and (2) during airgun use, aid in establishing and maintaining the 
exclusion zone by alerting the visual observer and crew of marine 
mammals that are outside of, but may approach and enter, the exclusion 
zone. Note that L-DEO must monitor the Level B harassment zone beyond 
1,000 meters and enumerate any takes beyond this buffer zone.
    L-DEO must use at least five dedicated, trained, NMFS-approved 
Protected Species Observers (PSOs). The PSOs must have no tasks other 
than to conduct observational effort, record observational data, and 
communicate with and instruct relevant vessel crew with regard to the 
presence of marine mammals and mitigation requirements. PSO resumes 
shall be provided to NMFS for approval.
    At least one of the visual and two of the acoustic PSOs aboard the 
vessel must have a minimum of 90 days at-sea experience working in 
those roles, respectively, during a deep penetration (i.e., ``high 
energy'') seismic survey, with no more than 18 months elapsed since the 
conclusion of the at-sea experience. One visual PSO with such 
experience shall be designated as the lead for the entire protected 
species observation team. The lead PSO shall serve as primary point of 
contact for the vessel operator and ensure all PSO requirements per the 
IHA are met. To the maximum extent practicable, the experienced PSOs 
should be scheduled to be on duty with those PSOs with appropriate 
training but who have not yet gained relevant experience.
    During survey operations (e.g., any day on which use of the 
acoustic source is planned to occur, and whenever the acoustic source 
is in the water, whether activated or not), a minimum of two visual 
PSOs must be on duty and conducting visual observations at all times 
during daylight hours (i.e., from 30 minutes prior to sunrise through 
30 minutes following sunset) and 30 minutes prior to and during 
nighttime ramp-ups of the airgun array. Visual monitoring of the 
exclusion and buffer zones must begin no less than 30 minutes prior to 
ramp-up and must continue until one hour after use of the acoustic 
source ceases or until 30 minutes past sunset. Visual PSOs shall 
coordinate to ensure 360[deg] visual coverage around the vessel from 
the most appropriate observation posts, and shall conduct visual 
observations using binoculars and the naked eye while free from 
distractions and in a consistent, systematic, and diligent manner. PSOs 
shall establish and monitor the exclusion and buffer zones. These zones 
shall be based upon the radial distance from the edges of the acoustic 
source (rather than being based on the center of the array or around 
the vessel itself). During use of the acoustic source (i.e., anytime 
airguns are active, including ramp-up), occurrences of marine mammals 
within the buffer zone (but outside the exclusion zone) shall be 
communicated to the operator to prepare for the potential shutdown or 
powerdown of the acoustic source.
    During use of the airgun (i.e., anytime the acoustic source is 
active, including ramp-up), occurrences of marine mammals within the 
buffer zone (but outside the exclusion zone) should be communicated to 
the operator to prepare for the potential shutdown or powerdown of the 
acoustic source. Visual PSOs will immediately communicate all 
observations to the on duty acoustic PSO(s), including any 
determination by the PSO regarding species identification, distance, 
and bearing and the degree of confidence in the determination. Any 
observations of marine mammals by crew members shall be relayed to the 
PSO team. During good conditions (e.g., daylight hours; Beaufort sea 
state (BSS) 3 or less), visual PSOs shall conduct observations when the 
acoustic source is not operating for comparison of sighting rates and 
behavior with and without use of the acoustic source and between 
acquisition periods, to the maximum extent practicable. Visual PSOs may 
be on watch for a maximum of two consecutive hours followed by a break 
of at least one hour between watches and may conduct a maximum of 12 
hours of observation per 24-hour period. Combined observational duties 
(visual and acoustic but not at same time) may not exceed 12 hours per 
24-hour period for any individual PSO.
    For the final IHA, NMFS had added the requirement L-DEO must make a 
good faith effort to schedule their surveys to maximize the amount of 
seismic activity that takes place during daylight hours within the 
defined ranges of the Kohala resident stock of melon-headed whale and 
the Main Hawaiian Islands insular stock of fales killer whales. This 
will greatly assist PSOs in their efforts to effectively monitor these 
species. Furthermore, L-DEO must implement shutdown procedures if a 
melon-headed whale or group of melon-headed whales is observed in the 
Kohala resident stock's range.

[[Page 44596]]

Passive Acoustic Monitoring

    Acoustic monitoring means the use of trained personnel (sometimes 
referred to as passive acoustic monitoring (PAM) operators, herein 
referred to as acoustic PSOs) to operate PAM equipment to acoustically 
detect the presence of marine mammals. Acoustic monitoring involves 
acoustically detecting marine mammals regardless of distance from the 
source, as localization of animals may not always be possible. Acoustic 
monitoring is intended to further support visual monitoring (during 
daylight hours) in maintaining an exclusion zone around the sound 
source that is clear of marine mammals. In cases where visual 
monitoring is not effective (e.g., due to weather, nighttime), acoustic 
monitoring may be used to allow certain activities to occur, as further 
detailed below.
    PAM would take place in addition to the visual monitoring program. 
Visual monitoring typically is not effective during periods of poor 
visibility or at night, and even with good visibility, if PSOs are 
unable to detect marine mammals when they are below the surface or 
beyond visual range. Acoustical monitoring can be used in addition to 
visual observations to improve detection, identification, and 
localization of cetaceans. The acoustic monitoring would serve to alert 
visual PSOs when vocalizing cetaceans are detected. It is only useful 
when marine mammals call, but it can be effective either by day or by 
night, and does not depend on good visibility. It would be monitored in 
real time so that the visual observers can be advised when cetaceans 
are detected.
    The R/V Langseth will use a towed PAM system, which must be 
monitored by at a minimum one on duty acoustic PSO beginning at least 
30 minutes prior to ramp-up and at all times during use of the acoustic 
source. Acoustic PSOs may be on watch for a maximum of four consecutive 
hours followed by a break of at least one hour between watches and may 
conduct a maximum of 12 hours of observation per 24-hour period. 
Combined observational duties (acoustic and visual but not at same 
time) may not exceed 12 hours per 24-hour period for any individual 
PSO.
    Survey activity may continue for 30 minutes when the PAM system 
malfunctions or is damaged, while the PAM operator diagnoses the issue. 
If the diagnosis indicates that the PAM system must be repaired to 
solve the problem, operations may continue for an additional five hours 
without acoustic monitoring during daylight hours. In the proposed IHA, 
NMFS stated that only two hours of operations would be allowed without 
acoustic monitoring. However, L-DEO reported that approximately five 
hours are required to redeploy the spare PAM system if the primary PAM 
system fails. Note that operations may continue only under the 
following conditions:
     Sea state is less than or equal to BSS 4;
     No marine mammals (excluding delphinids) detected solely 
by PAM in the applicable exclusion zone in the previous two hours;
     NMFS is notified via email as soon as practicable with the 
time and location in which operations began occurring without an active 
PAM system; and
     Operations with an active acoustic source, but without an 
operating PAM system, do not exceed a cumulative total of five hours in 
any 24-hour period.

Establishment of an Exclusion Zone and Buffer Zone

    An exclusion zone (EZ) is a defined area within which occurrence of 
a marine mammal triggers mitigation action intended to reduce the 
potential for certain outcomes, e.g., auditory injury, disruption of 
critical behaviors. The PSOs would establish a minimum EZ with a 500 m 
radius for the 36 airgun array. The 500 m EZ would be based on radial 
distance from any element of the airgun array (rather than being based 
on the center of the array or around the vessel itself). With certain 
exceptions (described below), if a marine mammal appears within or 
enters this zone, the acoustic source would be shut down.
    The 500 m EZ is intended to be precautionary in the sense that it 
would be expected to contain sound exceeding the injury criteria for 
all cetacean hearing groups, (based on the dual criteria of SELcum and 
peak SPL), while also providing a consistent, reasonably observable 
zone within which PSOs would typically be able to conduct effective 
observational effort. Additionally, a 500 m EZ is expected to minimize 
the likelihood that marine mammals will be exposed to levels likely to 
result in more severe behavioral responses. Although significantly 
greater distances may be observed from an elevated platform under good 
conditions, we believe that 500 m is likely regularly attainable for 
PSOs using the naked eye during typical conditions.

Pre-Clearance and Ramp-Up

    Ramp-up (sometimes referred to as ``soft start'') means the gradual 
and systematic increase of emitted sound levels from an airgun array. 
Ramp-up begins by first activating a single airgun of the smallest 
volume, followed by doubling the number of active elements in stages 
until the full complement of an array's airguns are active. Each stage 
should be approximately the same duration, and the total duration 
should not be less than approximately 20 minutes. The intent of pre-
clearance observation (30 minutes) is to ensure no protected species 
are observed within the buffer zone prior to the beginning of ramp-up. 
During pre-clearance is the only time observations of protected species 
in the buffer zone would prevent operations (i.e., the beginning of 
ramp-up). The intent of ramp-up is to warn protected species of pending 
seismic operations and to allow sufficient time for those animals to 
leave the immediate vicinity. A ramp-up procedure, involving a step-
wise increase in the number of airguns firing and total array volume 
until all operational airguns are activated and the full volume is 
achieved, is required at all times as part of the activation of the 
acoustic source. All operators must adhere to the following pre-
clearance and ramp-up requirements:
     The operator must notify a designated PSO of the planned 
start of ramp-up as agreed upon with the lead PSO; the notification 
time should not be less than 60 minutes prior to the planned ramp-up in 
order to allow the PSOs time to monitor the exclusion and buffer zones 
for 30 minutes prior to the initiation of ramp-up (pre-clearance).
     Ramp-ups shall be scheduled so as to minimize the time 
spent with the source activated prior to reaching the designated run-
in.
     One of the PSOs conducting pre-clearance observations must 
be notified again immediately prior to initiating ramp-up procedures 
and the operator must receive confirmation from the PSO to proceed.
     Ramp-up may not be initiated if any marine mammal is 
within the applicable exclusion or buffer zone. If a marine mammal is 
observed within the applicable exclusion zone or the buffer zone during 
the 30 minute pre-clearance period, ramp-up may not begin until the 
animal(s) has been observed exiting the zones or until an additional 
time period has elapsed with no further sightings (15 minutes for small 
odontocetes and 30 minutes for all other species).
     Ramp-up shall begin by activating a single airgun of the 
smallest volume in the array and shall continue in stages by doubling 
the number of active elements at the commencement of each stage, with 
each stage of approximately the same duration. Duration shall not be 
less than 20 minutes. The operator must

[[Page 44597]]

provide information to the PSO documenting that appropriate procedures 
were followed.
     PSOs must monitor the exclusion and buffer zones during 
ramp-up, and ramp-up must cease and the source must be shut down upon 
observation of a marine mammal within the applicable exclusion zone. 
Once ramp-up has begun, observations of marine mammals within the 
buffer zone do not require shutdown or powerdown, but such observation 
shall be communicated to the operator to prepare for the potential 
shutdown or powerdown.
     Ramp-up may occur at times of poor visibility, including 
nighttime, if appropriate acoustic monitoring has occurred with no 
detections in the 30 minutes prior to beginning ramp-up. Acoustic 
source activation may only occur at times of poor visibility where 
operational planning cannot reasonably avoid such circumstances.
     If the acoustic source is shut down for brief periods 
(i.e., less than 30 minutes) for reasons other than that described for 
shutdown and powerdown (e.g., mechanical difficulty), it may be 
activated again without ramp-up if PSOs have maintained constant visual 
and/or acoustic observation and no visual or acoustic detections of 
marine mammals have occurred within the applicable exclusion zone. For 
any longer shutdown, pre-clearance observation and ramp-up are 
required. For any shutdown at night or in periods of poor visibility 
(e.g., BSS 4 or greater), ramp-up is required, but if the shutdown 
period was brief and constant observation was maintained, pre-clearance 
watch of 30 min is not required.
     Testing of the acoustic source involving all elements 
requires ramp-up. Testing limited to individual source elements or 
strings does not require ramp-up but does require pre-clearance of 30 
min.

Shutdown and Powerdown

    The shutdown of an airgun array requires the immediate de-
activation of all individual airgun elements of the array while a 
powerdown requires immediate de-activation of all individual airgun 
elements of the array except the single 40-in\3\ airgun. Any PSO on 
duty will have the authority to delay the start of survey operations or 
to call for shutdown or powerdown of the acoustic source if a marine 
mammal is detected within the applicable exclusion zone. The operator 
must also establish and maintain clear lines of communication directly 
between PSOs on duty and crew controlling the acoustic source to ensure 
that shutdown and powerdown commands are conveyed swiftly while 
allowing PSOs to maintain watch. When both visual and acoustic PSOs are 
on duty, all detections will be immediately communicated to the 
remainder of the on-duty PSO team for potential verification of visual 
observations by the acoustic PSO or of acoustic detections by visual 
PSOs. When the airgun array is active (i.e., anytime one or more 
airguns is active, including during ramp-up and powerdown) shutdown 
must occur under the following conditions:
     A marine mammal appears within or enters the applicable 
exclusion zone; and
     A marine mammal (other than delphinids, see below) is 
detected acoustically and localized within the applicable exclusion 
zone.
    The shutdown requirements described below have been added to the 
final IHA as they were not included in the proposed IHA. Under the 
following conditions L-DEO must implement shutdown:
     A marine mammal species, for which authorization was 
granted but the takes have been met, approaches the Level A or B 
harassment zones;
     A large whale with a calf or an aggregation of large 
whales is observed regardless of the distance from the Langseth;
     A melon-headed whale or group of melon-headed whales is 
observed in the range of the Kohala resident stock. This stock is found 
off the the Kohala Peninsula and west coast of Hawaii Island and at a 
depth of less than 2,500 m (Carretta et al. 2018). L-DEO will attempt 
to time their seismic operations along Trackline 1 so they will 
traverse the Kohala resident stock's range during daytime.
     A spinner or bottlenose dolphin or group of dolphins is 
observed approaching or is within the Level B harassment zone in the 
habitat of the specific MHI insular stock if the authorized takes have 
been met for any of these stocks.
    When shutdown is called for by a PSO, the acoustic source will be 
immediately deactivated and any dispute resolved only following 
deactivation. Additionally, shutdown will occur whenever PAM alone 
(without visual sighting), confirms presence of marine mammal(s) in the 
EZ. If the acoustic PSO cannot confirm presence within the EZ, visual 
PSOs will be notified but shutdown is not required.
    Following a shutdown, airgun activity would not resume until the 
marine mammal has cleared the 500 m EZ. The animal would be considered 
to have cleared the 500 m EZ if it is visually observed to have 
departed the 500 m EZ, or it has not been seen within the 500 m EZ for 
15 min in the case of small odontocetes and pinnipeds, or 30 min in the 
case of mysticetes and large odontocetes, including sperm, pygmy sperm, 
dwarf sperm, and beaked whales.
    The shutdown requirement can be waived for small dolphins in which 
case the acoustic source shall be powered down to the single 40-in\3\ 
airgun if an individual is visually detected within the exclusion zone. 
As defined here, the small delphinoid group is intended to encompass 
those members of the Family Delphinidae most likely to voluntarily 
approach the source vessel for purposes of interacting with the vessel 
and/or airgun array (e.g., bow riding). This exception to the shutdown 
requirement would apply solely to specific genera of small dolphins 
including Tursiops, Delphinus, Lagenodelphis, Lagenorhynchus, 
Lissodelphis, Stenella and Steno. The acoustic source shall be powered 
down to 40-in\3\ airgun if an individual belonging to these genera is 
visually detected within the 500 m exclusion zone. Note that when the 
acoustic source is powered down to the 40-in\3\ airgun due to the 
presence of specified dolphins, a shutdown zone of 100 m and Level B 
harassment zone of 430 m will be in effect for species other than 
specified dolphin genera that may approach the survey vessel. This 
mitigation measure had not been included in the notice of proposed IHA.
    Powerdown conditions shall be maintained until delphinids for which 
shutdown is waived are no longer observed within the 500 m exclusion 
zone, following which full-power operations may be resumed without 
ramp-up. Visual PSOs may elect to waive the powerdown requirement if 
delphinids for which shutdown is waived appear to be voluntarily 
approaching the vessel for the purpose of interacting with the vessel 
or towed gear, and may use best professional judgment in making this 
decision.
    We include this small delphinoid exception because power-down/
shutdown requirements for small delphinoids under all circumstances 
represent practicability concerns without likely commensurate benefits 
for the animals in question. Small delphinoids are generally the most 
commonly observed marine mammals in the specific geographic region and 
would typically be the only marine mammals likely to intentionally 
approach the vessel. As described above, auditory injury is extremely

[[Page 44598]]

unlikely to occur for mid-frequency cetaceans (e.g., delphinids), as 
this group is relatively insensitive to sound produced at the 
predominant frequencies in an airgun pulse while also having a 
relatively high threshold for the onset of auditory injury (i.e., 
permanent threshold shift).
    A large body of anecdotal evidence indicates that small delphinoids 
commonly approach vessels and/or towed arrays during active sound 
production for purposes of bow riding, with no apparent effect observed 
in those delphinoids (e.g., Barkaszi et al., 2012). The potential for 
increased shutdowns resulting from such a measure would require the 
Langseth to revisit the missed track line to reacquire data, resulting 
in an overall increase in the total sound energy input to the marine 
environment and an increase in the total duration over which the survey 
is active in a given area. Although other mid-frequency hearing 
specialists (e.g., large delphinoids) are no more likely to incur 
auditory injury than are small delphinoids, they are much less likely 
to approach vessels. Therefore, retaining a power-down/shutdown 
requirement for large delphinoids would not have similar impacts in 
terms of either practicability for the applicant or corollary increase 
in sound energy output and time on the water. We do anticipate some 
benefit for a power-down/shutdown requirement for large delphinoids in 
that it simplifies somewhat the total range of decision-making for PSOs 
and may preclude any potential for physiological effects other than to 
the auditory system as well as some more severe behavioral reactions 
for any such animals in close proximity to the source vessel.
    Visual PSOs shall use best professional judgment in making the 
decision to call for a shutdown if there is uncertainty regarding 
identification (i.e., whether the observed marine mammal(s) belongs to 
one of the delphinid genera for which shutdown is waived or one of the 
species with a larger exclusion zone). If PSOs observe any behaviors in 
a small delphinid for which shutdown is waived that indicate an adverse 
reaction, then powerdown will be initiated immediately.
    Upon implementation of shutdown, the source may be reactivated 
after the marine mammal(s) has been observed exiting the applicable 
exclusion zone (i.e., animal is not required to fully exit the buffer 
zone where applicable) or following 15 minutes for small odontocetes 
and 30 minutes for all other species with no further observation of the 
marine mammal(s).
    In the event of a live stranding (or near-shore atypical milling) 
event, L-DEO must adhere to recently established protocols, which were 
not contained in the proposed IHA. If the stranding event occurs within 
50 km of the survey operations, where the NMFS stranding network is 
engaged in herding or other interventions to return animals to the 
water, the Director of OPR, NMFS (or designee) will advise the IHA-
holder of the need to implement shutdown procedures for all active 
acoustic sources operating within 50 km of the stranding. Shutdown 
procedures for live stranding or milling marine mammals include the 
following:
     If at any time, the marine mammal(s) die or are 
euthanized, or if herding/intervention efforts are stopped, the 
Director of OPR, NMFS (or designee) will advise the IHA-holder that the 
shutdown around the animals' location is no longer needed.
     Otherwise, shutdown procedures will remain in effect until 
the Director of OPR, NMFS (or designee) determines and advises the IHA-
holder that all live animals involved have left the area (either of 
their own volition or following an intervention).
     If further observations of the marine mammals indicate the 
potential for re-stranding, additional coordination with the IHA-holder 
will be required to determine what measures are necessary to minimize 
that likelihood (e.g., extending the shutdown or moving operations 
farther away) and to implement those measures as appropriate.
    Shutdown procedures are not related to the investigation of the 
cause of the stranding and their implementation is not intended to 
imply that the specified activity is the cause of the stranding. 
Rather, shutdown procedures are intended to protect marine mammals 
exhibiting indicators of distress by minimizing their exposure to 
possible additional stressors, regardless of the factors that 
contributed to the stranding.

Vessel Strike Avoidance

    These measures apply to all vessels associated with the planned 
survey activity; however, we note that these requirements do not apply 
in any case where compliance would create an imminent and serious 
threat to a person or vessel or to the extent that a vessel is 
restricted in its ability to maneuver and, because of the restriction, 
cannot comply. These measures include the following:
    1. Vessel operators and crews must maintain a vigilant watch for 
all marine mammals and slow down, stop their vessel, or alter course, 
as appropriate and regardless of vessel size, to avoid striking any 
marine mammal. A single marine mammal at the surface may indicate the 
presence of submerged animals in the vicinity of the vessel; therefore, 
precautionary measures should be exercised when an animal is observed. 
A visual observer aboard the vessel must monitor a vessel strike 
avoidance zone around the vessel (specific distances detailed below), 
to ensure the potential for strike is minimized. Visual observers 
monitoring the vessel strike avoidance zone can be either third-party 
observers or crew members, but crew members responsible for these 
duties must be provided sufficient training to distinguish marine 
mammals from other phenomena and broadly to identify a marine mammal to 
broad taxonomic group (i.e., as a large whale or other marine mammal).
    2. Vessel speeds must be reduced to 10 kn or less when mother/calf 
pairs, pods, or large assemblages of any marine mammal are observed 
near a vessel.
    3. All vessels must maintain a minimum separation distance of 100 m 
from large whales (i.e., sperm whales and all baleen whales.
    4. All vessels must attempt to maintain a minimum separation 
distance of 50 m from all other marine mammals, with an exception made 
for those animals that approach the vessel.
    5. When marine mammals are sighted while a vessel is underway, the 
vessel should take action as necessary to avoid violating the relevant 
separation distance (e.g., attempt to remain parallel to the animal's 
course, avoid excessive speed or abrupt changes in direction until the 
animal has left the area). If marine mammals are sighted within the 
relevant separation distance, the vessel should reduce speed and shift 
the engine to neutral, not engaging the engines until animals are clear 
of the area. This recommendation does not apply to any vessel towing 
gear.
    We have carefully evaluated the suite of mitigation measures 
described here and considered a range of other measures in the context 
of ensuring that we prescribe the means of effecting the least 
practicable adverse impact on the affected marine mammal species and 
stocks and their habitat. Based on our evaluation of the planned 
measures, NMFS has determined that the mitigation measures provide the 
means effecting the least practicable impact on the affected species or 
stocks and their habitat, paying particular attention to rookeries, 
mating grounds, and areas of similar significance.

[[Page 44599]]

Monitoring and Reporting

    In order to issue an IHA for an activity, section 101(a)(5)(D) of 
the MMPA states that NMFS must set forth, requirements pertaining to 
the monitoring and reporting of such taking. The MMPA implementing 
regulations at 50 CFR 216.104(a)(13) indicate that requests for 
authorizations must include the suggested means of accomplishing the 
necessary monitoring and reporting that will result in increased 
knowledge of the species and of the level of taking or impacts on 
populations of marine mammals that are expected to be present in the 
action area. Effective reporting is critical both to compliance as well 
as ensuring that the most value is obtained from the required 
monitoring.
    Monitoring and reporting requirements prescribed by NMFS should 
contribute to improved understanding of one or more of the following:
     Occurrence of marine mammal species or stocks in the area 
in which take is anticipated (e.g., presence, abundance, distribution, 
density).
     Nature, scope, or context of likely marine mammal exposure 
to potential stressors/impacts (individual or cumulative, acute or 
chronic), through better understanding of: (1) Action or environment 
(e.g., source characterization, propagation, ambient noise); (2) 
affected species (e.g., life history, dive patterns); (3) co-occurrence 
of marine mammal species with the action; or (4) biological or 
behavioral context of exposure (e.g., age, calving or feeding areas).
     Individual marine mammal responses (behavioral or 
physiological) to acoustic stressors (acute, chronic, or cumulative), 
other stressors, or cumulative impacts from multiple stressors.
     How anticipated responses to stressors impact either: (1) 
Long-term fitness and survival of individual marine mammals; or (2) 
populations, species, or stocks.
     Effects on marine mammal habitat (e.g., marine mammal prey 
species, acoustic habitat, or other important physical components of 
marine mammal habitat).
     Mitigation and monitoring effectiveness.

Vessel-Based Visual Monitoring

    As described above, PSO observations would take place during 
daytime airgun operations and nighttime start ups (if applicable) of 
the airguns. During seismic operations, at least five visual PSOs would 
be based aboard the Langseth. Monitoring shall be conducted in 
accordance with the following requirements:
     The operator shall provide PSOs with bigeye binoculars 
(e.g., 25 x 150; 2.7 view angle; individual ocular focus; height 
control) of appropriate quality (i.e., Fujinon or equivalent) solely 
for PSO use. These shall be pedestal-mounted on the deck at the most 
appropriate vantage point that provides for optimal sea surface 
observation, PSO safety, and safe operation of the vessel.
     The operator will work with the selected third-party 
observer provider to ensure PSOs have all equipment (including backup 
equipment) needed to adequately perform necessary tasks, including 
accurate determination of distance and bearing to observed marine 
mammals. (c) PSOs must have the following requirements and 
qualifications:
     PSOs shall be independent, dedicated, trained visual and 
acoustic PSOs and must be employed by a third-party observer provider.
     PSOs shall have no tasks other than to conduct 
observational effort (visual or acoustic), collect data, and 
communicate with and instruct relevant vessel crew with regard to the 
presence of protected species and mitigation requirements (including 
brief alerts regarding maritime hazards),
     PSOs shall have successfully completed an approved PSO 
training course appropriate for their designated task (visual or 
acoustic). Acoustic PSOs are required to complete specialized training 
for operating PAM systems and are encouraged to have familiarity with 
the vessel with which they will be working.
     PSOs can act as acoustic or visual observers (but not at 
the same time) as long as they demonstrate that their training and 
experience are sufficient to perform the task at hand.
     NMFS must review and approve PSO resumes accompanied by a 
relevant training course information packet that includes the name and 
qualifications (i.e., experience, training completed, or educational 
background) of the instructor(s), the course outline or syllabus, and 
course reference material as well as a document stating successful 
completion of the course.
     NMFS shall have one week to approve PSOs from the time 
that the necessary information is submitted, after which PSOs meeting 
the minimum requirements shall automatically be considered approved.
     PSOs must successfully complete relevant training, 
including completion of all required coursework and passing (80 percent 
or greater) a written and/or oral examination developed for the 
training program.
     PSOs must have successfully attained a bachelor's degree 
from an accredited college or university with a major in one of the 
natural sciences, a minimum of 30 semester hours or equivalent in the 
biological sciences, and at least one undergraduate course in math or 
statistics.
     The educational requirements may be waived if the PSO has 
acquired the relevant skills through alternate experience. Requests for 
such a waiver shall be submitted to NMFS and must include written 
justification. Requests shall be granted or denied (with justification) 
by NMFS within one week of receipt of submitted information. Alternate 
experience that may be considered includes, but is not limited to (1) 
secondary education and/or experience comparable to PSO duties; (2) 
previous work experience conducting academic, commercial, or 
government-sponsored protected species surveys; or (3) previous work 
experience as a PSO; the PSO should demonstrate good standing and 
consistently good performance of PSO duties.
    For data collection purposes, PSOs shall use standardized data 
collection forms, whether hard copy or electronic. PSOs shall record 
detailed information about any implementation of mitigation 
requirements, including the distance of animals to the acoustic source 
and description of specific actions that ensued, the behavior of the 
animal(s), any observed changes in behavior before and after 
implementation of mitigation, and if shutdown was implemented, the 
length of time before any subsequent ramp-up of the acoustic source. If 
required mitigation was not implemented, PSOs should record a 
description of the circumstances. At a minimum, the following 
information must be recorded:
     Vessel names (source vessel and other vessels associated 
with survey) and call signs;
     PSO names and affiliations;
     Dates of departures and returns to port with port name;
     Dates and times (Greenwich Mean Time) of survey effort and 
times corresponding with PSO effort;
     Vessel location (latitude/longitude) when survey effort 
began and ended and vessel location at beginning and end of visual PSO 
duty shifts;
     Vessel heading and speed at beginning and end of visual 
PSO duty shifts and upon any line change;
     Environmental conditions while on visual survey (at 
beginning and end of PSO shift and whenever conditions

[[Page 44600]]

changed significantly), including BSS and any other relevant weather 
conditions including cloud cover, fog, sun glare, and overall 
visibility to the horizon;
     Factors that may have contributed to impaired observations 
during each PSO shift change or as needed as environmental conditions 
changed (e.g., vessel traffic, equipment malfunctions); and
     Survey activity information, such as acoustic source power 
output while in operation, number and volume of airguns operating in 
the array, tow depth of the array, and any other notes of significance 
(i.e., pre-clearance, ramp-up, shutdown, testing, shooting, ramp-up 
completion, end of operations, streamers, etc.).
    The following information should be recorded upon visual 
observation of any protected species:
     Watch status (sighting made by PSO on/off effort, 
opportunistic, crew, alternate vessel/platform);
     PSO who sighted the animal;
     Time of sighting;
     Vessel location at time of sighting;
     Water depth;
     Direction of vessel's travel (compass direction);
     Direction of animal's travel relative to the vessel;
     Pace of the animal;
     Estimated distance to the animal and its heading relative 
to vessel at initial sighting;
     Identification of the animal (e.g., genus/species, lowest 
possible taxonomic level, or unidentified) and the composition of the 
group if there is a mix of species;
     Estimated number of animals (high/low/best);
     Estimated number of animals by cohort (adults, yearlings, 
juveniles, calves, group composition, etc.);
     Description (as many distinguishing features as possible 
of each individual seen, including length, shape, color, pattern, scars 
or markings, shape and size of dorsal fin, shape of head, and blow 
characteristics);
     Detailed behavior observations (e.g., number of blows/
breaths, number of surfaces, breaching, spyhopping, diving, feeding, 
traveling; as explicit and detailed as possible; note any observed 
changes in behavior);
     Animal's closest point of approach (CPA) and/or closest 
distance from any element of the acoustic source;
     Platform activity at time of sighting (e.g., deploying, 
recovering, testing, shooting, data acquisition, other); and
     Description of any actions implemented in response to the 
sighting (e.g., delays, shutdown, ramp-up) and time and location of the 
action.
    If a marine mammal is detected while using the PAM system, the 
following information should be recorded:
     An acoustic encounter identification number, and whether 
the detection was linked with a visual sighting;
     Date and time when first and last heard;
     Types and nature of sounds heard (e.g., clicks, whistles, 
creaks, burst pulses, continuous, sporadic, strength of signal);
     Any additional information recorded such as water depth of 
the hydrophone array, bearing of the animal to the vessel (if 
determinable), species or taxonomic group (if determinable), 
spectrogram screenshot, and any other notable information.
    L-DEO will be required to shall submit a draft comprehensive report 
to NMFS on all activities and monitoring results within 90 days of the 
completion of the survey or expiration of the IHA, whichever comes 
sooner. The report must describe all activities conducted and sightings 
of protected species near the activities, must provide full 
documentation of methods, results, and interpretation pertaining to all 
monitoring, and must summarize the dates and locations of survey 
operations and all protected species sightings (dates, times, 
locations, activities, associated survey activities). The report must 
include estimates of the number and nature of exposures that occurred 
above the harassment threshold based on PSO observations, including an 
estimate of those on the trackline but not detected. The report must 
also include geo-referenced time-stamped vessel tracklines for all time 
periods during which airguns were operating. Tracklines should include 
points recording any change in airgun status (e.g., when the airguns 
began operating, when they were turned off, or when they changed from 
full array to single gun or vice versa). GIS files must be provided in 
ESRI shapefile format and include the UTC date and time, latitude in 
decimal degrees, and longitude in decimal degrees. All coordinates 
shall be referenced to the WGS84 geographic coordinate system. In 
addition to the report, all raw observational data must be made 
available to NMFS. The report must summarize the information submitted 
in interim monthly reports as well as additional data collected as 
described above and the IHA. The draft report must be accompanied by a 
certification from the lead PSO as to the accuracy of the report, and 
the lead PSO may submit directly NMFS a statement concerning 
implementation and effectiveness of the required mitigation and 
monitoring. A final report must be submitted within 30 days following 
resolution of any comments on the draft report.

Reporting Injured or Dead Marine Mammals

    NMFS has revised the standard protcols that apply when an injured 
or dead marine mammal is discovered and has included them here. These 
updated protocols were not described in the proposed IHA. In the event 
that personnel involved in survey activities covered by the 
authorization discover an injured or dead marine mammal, the IHA-holder 
shall report the incident to the Office of Protected Resources (OPR), 
NMFS and to the NMFS Pacific Islands Regional Stranding Coordinator as 
soon as feasible. The report must include the following information:
     Time, date, and location (latitude/longitude) of the first 
discovery (and updated location information if known and applicable);
     Species identification (if known) or description of the 
animal(s) involved;
     Condition of the animal(s) (including carcass condition if 
the animal is dead);
     Observed behaviors of the animal(s), if alive;
     If available, photographs or video footage of the 
animal(s); and
     General circumstances under which the animal was 
discovered.
    Additional Information Requests--If NMFS determines that the 
circumstances of any marine mammal stranding found in the vicinity of 
the activity suggest investigation of the association with survey 
activities is warranted (example circumstances noted below), and an 
investigation into the stranding is being pursued, NMFS will submit a 
written request to the IHA-holder indicating that the following initial 
available information must be provided as soon as possible, but no 
later than 7 business days after the request for information.
     Status of all sound source use in the 48 hours preceding 
the estimated time of stranding and within 50 km of the discovery/
notification of the stranding by NMFS; and
     If available, description of the behavior of any marine 
mammal(s) observed preceding (i.e., within 48 hours and 50 km) and 
immediately after the discovery of the stranding.
    Examples of circumstances that could trigger the additional 
information request include, but are not limited to, the following:
     Atypical nearshore milling events of live cetaceans;

[[Page 44601]]

     Mass strandings of cetaceans (two or more individuals, not 
including cow/calf pairs);
     Beaked whale strandings;
     Necropsies with findings of pathologies that are unusual 
for the species or area; or
     Stranded animals with findings consistent with blast 
trauma.
    In the event that the investigation is still inconclusive, the 
investigation of the association of the survey activities is still 
warranted, and the investigation is still being pursued, NMFS may 
provide additional information requests, in writing, regarding the 
nature and location of survey operations prior to the time period 
above.
    Vessel Strike--In the event of a ship strike of a marine mammal by 
any vessel involved in the activities covered by the authorization, L-
DEO must shall report the incident to OPR, NMFS and to regional 
stranding coordinators as soon as feasible. The report must include the 
following information:
     Time, date, and location (latitude/longitude) of the 
incident;
     Species identification (if known) or description of the 
animal(s) involved;
     Vessel's speed during and leading up to the incident;
     Vessel's course/heading and what operations were being 
conducted (if applicable);
     Status of all sound sources in use;
     Description of avoidance measures/requirements that were 
in place at the time of the strike and what additional measures were 
taken, if any, to avoid strike;
     Environmental conditions (e.g., wind speed and direction, 
Beaufort sea state, cloud cover, visibility) immediately preceding the 
strike;
     Estimated size and length of animal that was struck;
     Description of the behavior of the marine mammal 
immediately preceding and following the strike;
     If available, description of the presence and behavior of 
any other marine mammals immediately preceding the strike;
     Estimated fate of the animal (e.g., dead, injured but 
alive, injured and moving, blood or tissue observed in the water, 
status unknown, disappeared); and
     To the extent practicable, photographs or video footage of 
the animal(s).

Negligible Impact Analysis and Determination

    NMFS has defined negligible impact as ``an impact resulting from 
the specified activity that cannot be reasonably expected to, and is 
not reasonably likely to, adversely affect the species or stock through 
effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival'' (50 CFR 216.103). 
A negligible impact finding is based on the lack of likely adverse 
effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival (i.e., population-
level effects). An estimate of the number of takes alone is not enough 
information on which to base an impact determination. In addition to 
considering estimates of the number of marine mammals that might be 
``taken'' through harassment, NMFS considers other factors, such as the 
likely nature of any responses (e.g., intensity, duration), the context 
of any responses (e.g., critical reproductive time or location, 
migration), as well as effects on habitat, and the likely effectiveness 
of the mitigation. We also assess the number, intensity, and context of 
estimated takes by evaluating this information relative to population 
status. Consistent with the 1989 preamble for NMFS' implementing 
regulations (54 FR 40338; September 29, 1989), the impacts from other 
past and ongoing anthropogenic activities are incorporated into this 
analysis via their impacts on the environmental baseline (e.g., as 
reflected in the regulatory status of the species, population size and 
growth rate where known, ongoing sources of human-caused mortality, or 
ambient noise levels).
    To avoid repetition, our analysis applies to all species listed in 
Table 7 and 8, given that NMFS expects the anticipated effects of the 
planned seismic survey to be similar in nature. Where there are 
meaningful differences between species or stocks, or groups of species, 
in anticipated individual responses to activities, impact of expected 
take on the population due to differences in population status, or 
impacts on habitat, NMFS has identified species-specific factors to 
inform the analysis.
    NMFS does not anticipate that serious injury or mortality would 
occur as a result of L-DEO's planned surveys, even in the absence of 
planned mitigation. As discussed in the Potential Effects section, non-
auditory physical effects, stranding, and vessel strike are not 
expected to occur.
    NMFS has authorized a limited number of instances of Level A 
harassment of 6 species and Level B harassment of 39 marine mammal 
species. However, we believe that any PTS incurred in marine mammals as 
a result of the activity would be in the form of only a small degree of 
PTS, not total deafness, and would be unlikely to affect the fitness of 
any individuals, because of the constant movement of both the Langseth 
and of the marine mammals in the project areas, as well as the fact 
that the vessel is not expected to remain in any one area in which 
individual marine mammals would be expected to concentrate for an 
extended period of time (i.e., since the duration of exposure to loud 
sounds will be relatively short). We expect that the majority of takes 
would be in the form of short-term Level B behavioral harassment in the 
form of temporary avoidance of the area or decreased foraging (if such 
activity were occurring), reactions that are considered to be of low 
severity and with no lasting biological consequences (e.g., Southall et 
al., 2007).
    Potential impacts to marine mammal habitat were discussed 
previously in this document (see Potential Effects of the Specified 
Activity on Marine Mammals and their Habitat). Marine mammal habitat 
may be impacted by elevated sound levels, but these impacts would be 
temporary. Feeding behavior is not likely to be significantly impacted, 
as marine mammals appear to be less likely to exhibit behavioral 
reactions or avoidance responses while engaged in feeding activities 
(Richardson et al., 1995). Prey species are mobile and are broadly 
distributed throughout the project areas; therefore, marine mammals 
that may be temporarily displaced during survey activities are expected 
to be able to resume foraging once they have moved away from areas with 
disturbing levels of underwater noise. Because of the relatively short 
duration (up to 24 days for Hawaii survey) and temporary nature of the 
disturbance as well as the availability of similar habitat and 
resources in the surrounding area, the impacts to marine mammals and 
the food sources that they utilize are not expected to cause 
significant or long-term consequences for individual marine mammals or 
their populations.
    The activity is expected to impact a small percentage of all marine 
mammal stocks that would be affected by L-DEO's planned survey (less 
than 15 percent percent of all species, including those taken by both 
surveys). Additionally, the acoustic ``footprint'' of the planned 
surveys would be small relative to the ranges of the marine mammals 
that would potentially be affected. Sound levels would increase in the 
marine environment in a relatively small area surrounding the vessel 
compared to the range of the marine mammals within the planned survey 
area.
    The required mitigation measures are expected to reduce the 
severity of takes by allowing for detection of marine

[[Page 44602]]

mammals in the vicinity of the vessel by visual and acoustic observers, 
and by minimizing the severity of any potential exposures via power 
downs and/or shutdowns of the airgun array. Based on previous 
monitoring reports for substantially similar activities that have been 
previously authorized by NMFS, we expect that the required mitigation 
will be effective in preventing at least some extent of potential PTS 
in marine mammals that may otherwise occur in the absence of the 
mitigation.
    The ESA-listed marine mammal species under our jurisdiction that 
are likely to be taken by the planned surveys include the endangered 
sei, fin, blue, sperm, gray, North Pacific Right, Western North Pacific 
DPS humpback, and Main Hawaiian Islands Insular DPS false killer whale 
as well as the Hawaiian monk seal. We have authorized very small 
numbers of takes for these species relative to their population sizes. 
Therefore, we do not expect population-level impacts to any of these 
species. The other marine mammal species that may be taken by 
harassment during the survey are not listed as threatened or endangered 
under the ESA. With the exception of the northern fur seal, none of the 
non-listed marine mammals for which we have authorized take are 
considered ``depleted'' or ``strategic'' by NMFS under the MMPA.
    The tracklines of the Hawaii survey either traverse or are proximal 
to BIAs for 11 species that NMFS has authorized for take. Ten of the 
BIAs pertain to small and resident cetacean populations while a 
breeding BIA has been delineated for humpback whales. However, this 
designation is only applicable to humpback whales in the December 
through March timeframe (Baird et al., 2015). Since the Hawaii survey 
is in September, there will be no effects on humpback whales. For 
cetacean species with small and resident BIAs in the Hawaii survey 
area, that designation is applicable year-round. There are up to 24 
days of seismic operations planned for the Hawaii survey. Only a 
portion of those days would involve seismic operations within BIA 
boundaries along Tracklines 1 and 2. Time spent in any single BIA 
during a trackline pass would be less than a day. No physical impacts 
to BIA habitat are anticipated from seismic activities. While SPLs of 
sufficient strength have been known to cause injury to fish and fish 
mortality, the most likely impact to prey species from survey 
activities would be temporary avoidance of the affected area. The 
duration of fish avoidance of a given area after survey effort stops is 
unknown, but a rapid return to normal recruitment, distribution and 
behavior is expected. Given the short operational seismic time near or 
traversing BIAs, as well as the ability of cetaceans and prey species 
to move away from acoustic sources, NMFS expects that there would be, 
at worst, minimal impacts to animals and habitat within the designated 
BIAs.
    NMFS has included a number of mitigation and monitoring measures to 
reduce potential impacts to small and resident populations in the Main 
Hawaiian Islands. Given the small population and large recorded group 
sizes of Kohala resident melon-headed whales, L-DEO must shut down when 
a melon-headed whale or group of melon-headed whales is observed in the 
range of the Kohala resident stock. Furthermore, L-DEO will plan to 
time their seismic operations along Trackline 1 so they will traverse 
the Kohala resident stock's range during daytime. L-DEO will similarly 
plan to conduct daylight crossings of designated critical habitat for 
the Main Hawaiian Island insular false killer whale. Spinner and 
bottlenose dolphin stocks also have small and resident populations. 
Therefore, when a group of dolphins is observed approaching or is 
within the Level B harassment zone in the habitat of the specific MHI 
insular stock L-DEO must shut down if the authorized takes have been 
met for any of these stocks. Additional protective measures include 
mandatory shutdown when a large whale with a calf or an aggregation of 
large whales is observed regardless of the distance from the Langseth;
    NMFS concludes that exposures to marine mammal species and stocks 
due to L-DEO's planned survey would result in only short-term 
(temporary and short in duration) effects to individuals exposed. 
Animals may temporarily avoid the immediate area, but are not expected 
to permanently abandon the area. Major shifts in habitat use, 
distribution, or foraging success are not expected. NMFS does not 
anticipate that authorized take numbers will impact annual rates of 
recruitment or survival.
    In summary and as described above, the following factors primarily 
support our determination that the impacts resulting from this activity 
are not expected to adversely affect the marine mammal species or 
stocks through effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival:
     No mortality is anticipated or authorized;
     The planned activity is temporary and of relatively short 
duration;
     The anticipated impacts of the activity on marine mammals 
would primarily be temporary behavioral changes due to avoidance of the 
area around the survey vessel;
     The number of instances of PTS that may occur are expected 
to be limited. Instances of PTS that are incurred in marine mammals 
would be of a low level, due to constant movement of the vessel and of 
the marine mammals in the area, and the nature of the survey design 
(not concentrated in areas of high marine mammal concentration);
     The availability of alternate areas of similar habitat 
value for marine mammals to temporarily vacate the survey area during 
the survey to avoid exposure to sounds from the activity;
     The potential adverse effects on fish or invertebrate 
species that serve as prey species for marine mammals from the survey 
will be temporary and spatially limited;
     The required mitigation measures, including visual and 
acoustic monitoring, power-downs, and shutdowns, are expected to 
minimize potential impacts to marine mammals. Specific mitigation 
measures added to this final IHA include shutting down when a large 
whale with a calf or an aggregation of large whales is observed; 
shutting down when a melon-headed whale or group of melon-headed whales 
is observed in the range of the Kohala resident stock; shutting down 
when a spinner or bottlenose dolphin or group of dolphins approach the 
Level B harassment zone in the habitat of the specific MHI insular 
stock if the authorized takes have been met for any of these stocks; 
and timing surveys to traverse ranges of the Kohala resident stock of 
melon-headed whale and the Main Hawaiian Islands insular stock of false 
killer whales during daylight hours.
    Based on the analysis contained herein of the likely effects of the 
specified activity on marine mammals and their habitat, and taking into 
consideration the implementation of the required monitoring and 
mitigation measures, NMFS finds that the total marine mammal take from 
the planned activity will have a negligible impact on all affected 
marine mammal species or stocks.

Small Numbers

    As noted above, only small numbers of incidental take may be 
authorized under section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA for specified 
activities other than military readiness activities. The MMPA does not 
define small numbers; so, in practice, where estimated numbers are 
available, NMFS compares the number of individuals taken to the most 
appropriate estimation of abundance of

[[Page 44603]]

the relevant species or stock in our determination of whether an 
authorization is limited to small numbers of marine mammals. 
Additionally, other qualitative factors may be considered in the 
analysis, such as the temporal or spatial scale of the activities. 
Tables 7 and 8 provide numbers of authorized take by Level A harassment 
and Level B harassment. These are the numbers we use for purposes of 
the small numbers analysis.
    The numbers of marine mammals for which we have authorized take 
across the two surveys would be considered small relative to the 
relevant populations (a maximum of 14.7 percent) for the species for 
which abundance estimates are available. Several small resident or 
insular populations that could experience Level B harassment during the 
Hawaii survey were discussed in the Estimated Take section. For the 
Kohala resident stock of melo-headed whales (pop. 447), NMFS assumed 
that up to 3 groups of 20 Kohala residents could be taken by Level B 
harassment, representing 13.4 percent of the Kohala stock, if they 
enter the zone undetected by PSOs. Additionally, the range of the 
Hawaiian Island stock overlaps the range of the Kohala resident stock. 
Therefore, any melon-headed whale takes within the Kohala resident 
stock's range could also be from either stock. Sesimic operations will 
occur in the ranges of the Hawaiian Island stock (pop. 128) and Oahu 
stock (pop. 743) of common bottlenose dolphins. Based on GIS analysis 
of the tracklines and the ranges of the stocks, NMFS determined that 7 
percent of the Hawaii Island stock and 1.2 percent of the Oahu stock 
could be exposed to Level B harassment. Similar GIS analysis of the 
Hawaii Island (pop. 631) and Oahu/4-Island (pop. 355) stocks of spinner 
dolphins resulted in estimated Level B harassment of 3.8 percent of the 
Hawaii Islands stock population and 6.7 percent of the Oahu/4-Island 
stock population. Analysis of pantropical spotted dolphins determined 
that there would be 9 Oahu stock exposures and 82 Hawaii Island stock 
exposures. The populations of these stocks are unknown, so the 
percentage of stocks affected cannot be determined. However, the large 
ranges of these species (up to 20 km from Oahu and 65 km from Hawaii) 
make it likely that the survey would only impact limited numbers of 
these stocks.
    Based on the analysis contained herein of the planned activity 
(including the required mitigation and monitoring measures) and the 
anticipated take of marine mammals, NMFS finds that small numbers of 
marine mammals will be taken relative to the population size of the 
affected species.

Unmitigable Adverse Impact Analysis and Determination

    There are no relevant subsistence uses of the affected marine 
mammal stocks or species implicated by this action. Therefore, NMFS has 
determined that the total taking of affected species or stocks would 
not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the availability of such 
species or stocks for taking for subsistence purposes.

Endangered Species Act (ESA)

    Section 7(a)(2) of the Endangered Species Act of 1973 (ESA: 16 
U.S.C. 1531 et seq.) requires that each Federal agency insure that any 
action it authorizes, funds, or carries out is not likely to jeopardize 
the continued existence of any endangered or threatened species or 
result in the destruction or adverse modification of designated 
critical habitat. To ensure ESA compliance for the issuance of IHAs, 
NMFS consults internally, in this case with the ESA Interagency 
Cooperation Division, whenever we propose to authorize take for 
endangered or threatened species.
    The NMFS Permits and Conservation Division issued a Biological 
Opinion on August 24, 2018 to NMFS's Office of Protected Resources 
which concluded that the specified activities are not likely to 
jeopardize the continued existence of the North Pacific right whale, 
sei whale, fin whale, blue whale, sperm whale, Western North Pacific 
DPS humpback whale, gray whale, Hawaiian Islands Insular DPS false 
killer whale, and the Hawaiian monk seal or adversely modify critical 
habitat because none exists within the action area.

National Environmental Policy Act

    To comply with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA; 
42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.) and NOAA Administrative Order (NAO) 216-6A, 
NMFS must review the proposed action (i.e., the issuance of regulations 
and an LOA) with respect to potential impacts on the human environment.
    Accordingly, NMFS has adopted the L-DEO Final Environmental 
Assessment (EA), Environmental Assessment/Analysis of Marine 
Geophysical Surveys by the R/V Marcus G. Langseth in the North Pacific 
Ocean, 2018/2019 and after an independent evaluation of the document 
found that it included adequate information analyzing the effects on 
the human environment of issuing incidental take authorizations. In 
August 2018, NMFS issued a Finding of No Significant Impact (FONSI).

Authorization

    As a result of these determinations, we have issued an IHA to L-DEO 
for conducting seismic surveys in the Pacific Ocean near the main 
Hawaiian Islands and the Emperor Seamounts area from September 1, 2018 
through August 31, 2019, provided the previously mentioned mitigation, 
monitoring, and reporting requirements are incorporated.

    Dated: August 27, 2018.
Cathy E. Tortorici,
Acting Director, Office of Protected Resources, National Marine 
Fisheries Service.
[FR Doc. 2018-19008 Filed 8-30-18; 8:45 am]
 BILLING CODE 3510-22-P



                                               44578                         Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 170 / Friday, August 31, 2018 / Notices

                                               Committee will modify the document as                   based on the number of individuals                    Amendment 11 to the 2006
                                               necessary, select preferred alternatives,               wishing to comment, will determine the                Consolidated Atlantic Highly Migratory
                                               and approve all actions.                                amount of time provided to each                       Species Fishery Management Plan for
                                                  4. The Committee will receive an                     commenter.                                            Management of Shortfin Mako Sharks
                                               overview of Vision Blueprint Regulatory                                                                       and take action as appropriate.
                                               Amendment 27 addressing commercial                      Executive/Finance Committee,
                                                                                                                                                                The Council will receive committee
                                               management actions and alternatives, as                 Thursday, September 20, 2018, 8:30
                                                                                                                                                             reports from the Snapper Grouper,
                                               identified in the 2016–2020 Vision                      a.m. Until 12 p.m.
                                                                                                                                                             Mackerel Cobia, Spiny Lobster, AP
                                               Blueprint for the Snapper Grouper                         1. The Committee will receive an                    Selection, SEDAR, Habitat, SOPPs, and
                                               Fishery. The Committee will modify the                  overview of the current Magnuson-                     Executive Finance Committees, as well
                                               document as necessary and consider                      Stevens Reauthorization efforts and the               a report from the Recreational
                                               approval for formal Secretarial review.                 CCC Working Paper which includes                      Workshop, and take action as
                                                  5. The Committee will review public                  positions on reauthorization, discuss,                appropriate.
                                               scoping comments for Snapper Grouper                    and provide guidance to staff.                           The Council will receive agency and
                                               Amendment 47 addressing federal for-                      2. The Committee will receive an                    liaison reports; and discuss other
                                               hire permit modification options and                    overview of the draft Calendar-Year                   business and upcoming meetings.
                                               provide guidance to staff.                              2018 budget and approve the budget.                      Documents regarding these issues are
                                                  6. The Committee will receive an                       3. The committee will review the                    available from the Council office (see
                                               overview of Regulatory Amendment 30                     Council’s Follow Up document and                      ADDRESSES).
                                               addressing a rebuilding plan for red                    Priorities list, discuss, and provide                    Although non-emergency issues not
                                               grouper, modify the draft amendment as                  guidance to staff.                                    contained in this agenda may come
                                               necessary and approve preferred                           4. The Committee will receive an                    before this group for discussion, those
                                               alternatives.                                           update on regulatory reform efforts, a                issues may not be the subject of formal
                                                  7. The Committee will review public                  review of NOAA Fisheries issues open                  action during this meeting. Action will
                                               scoping comments for Snapper Grouper                    for comment, and an overview of the                   be restricted to those issues specifically
                                               Regulatory Amendment 32 addressing                      Law Enforcement Advisory Panel                        identified in this notice and any issues
                                               yellowtail snapper accountability                       meeting schedule. The committee will                  arising after publication of this notice
                                               measures, review the draft amendment,                   discuss these agenda items and provide                that require emergency action under
                                               modify actions, and consider approval                   guidance to staff.                                    section 305(c) of the Magnuson-Stevens
                                               for public hearings.                                    Council Session: Thursday, September                  Fishery Conservation and Management
                                                  8. The Committee will review                                                                               Act, provided the public has been
                                                                                                       20, 2018, 1:30 p.m. Until 5 p.m. and
                                               Abbreviated Framework Amendment 2                                                                             notified of the Council’s intent to take
                                                                                                       Friday, September 21, 2018, 8:30 a.m.
                                               addressing measures for vermilion                                                                             final action to address the emergency.
                                                                                                       Until 12 p.m. (Partially Closed Session
                                               snapper and black sea bass, modify the
                                                                                                       if Needed)                                            Special Accommodations
                                               draft amendment as necessary, choose
                                               preferred alternatives, and consider                       The Full Council will begin with the
                                                                                                                                                               These meetings are physically
                                               approval for formal Secretarial review.                 Call to Order, adoption of the agenda,
                                                                                                                                                             accessible to people with disabilities.
                                                                                                       approval of minutes, election of chair
                                               Mackerel Cobia Committee,                                                                                     Requests for auxiliary aids should be
                                                                                                       and vice chair, and awards/recognition.
                                               Wednesday, September 19, 2018, 3 p.m.                      The Council will receive a Legal                   directed to the Council office (see
                                               Until 4 p.m.                                                                                                  ADDRESSES) 5 days prior to the meeting.
                                                                                                       Briefing on Litigation from NOAA
                                                  1. The Committee will receive an                     General Counsel (if needed) during                      Note: The times and sequence specified in
                                               update on commercial catches versus                     Closed Session. The Council will                      this agenda are subject to change.
                                               ACLs, and an update on the status of                    receive staff reports including the
                                                                                                                                                               Authority: 16 U.S.C. 1801 et seq.
                                               amendments under formal review by                       Executive Director’s Report, and
                                               NOAA Fisheries.                                         updates from Council staff on the                       Dated: August 28, 2018.
                                                  2. The Committee will review Coastal                 MyFishCount pilot project, outreach for               Tracey L. Thompson,
                                               Migratory Pelagics Framework                            for-hire electronic reporting                         Acting Deputy Director, Office of Sustainable
                                               Amendment 6 addressing Atlantic king                    requirements, the Council’s Citizen                   Fisheries, National Marine Fisheries Service.
                                               mackerel trip limits, confirm preferred                 Science Program, and the transition to                [FR Doc. 2018–18979 Filed 8–30–18; 8:45 am]
                                               alternatives, and consider approval for                 an electronic newsletter.                             BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
                                               formal Secretarial Review.                                 Updates will be provided by NOAA
                                                                                                       Fisheries including a report on the
                                               Formal Public Comment, Wednesday,                       status of commercial catches versus                   DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
                                               September 19, 2018, 4 p.m.                              ACLs for species not covered during an
                                                  Public comment will be accepted on                   earlier committee meeting, data-related               National Oceanic and Atmospheric
                                               items on the Council meeting agenda                     reports, protected resources updates,                 Administration
                                               scheduled to be approved for Secretarial                update on the status of the of the
                                               Review: Snapper Grouper Abbreviated                                                                           RIN 0648–XG144
                                                                                                       Commercial Electronic Logbook
                                               Framework 2 Amendment (vermilion                        Program, and the status of the Marine                 Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to
                                               snapper and black sea bass); Snapper                    Recreational Information Program                      Specified Activities; Taking Marine
                                               Grouper Vision Blueprint Regulatory                     (MRIP) conversions for recreational                   Mammals Incidental to a Marine
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES




                                               Amendment 27 (commercial measures);                     fishing estimates. The Council will                   Geophysical Survey in the North
                                               CMP Framework Amendment 6 (King                         discuss and take action as necessary.                 Pacific Ocean
                                               mackerel trip limits); and Spiny Lobster                   The Council will review any
                                               Amendment 13 (Update management                         Exempted Fishing Permits received as                  AGENCY:  National Marine Fisheries
                                               procedures and bully net measures).                     necessary. The Council will receive an                Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and
                                               Public comment will also be accepted                    overview of MRIP and Revisions from                   Atmospheric Administration (NOAA),
                                               on all agenda items. The Council Chair,                 NOAA Fisheries as well as Draft                       Commerce.


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:42 Aug 30, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00017   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\31AUN1.SGM   31AUN1


                                                                             Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 170 / Friday, August 31, 2018 / Notices                                          44579

                                               ACTION:Notice; issuance of an incidental                (referred to in shorthand as                          of seismic operations, 11 days of
                                               harassment authorization.                               ‘‘mitigation’’); and requirements                     equipment deployment/retrieval, ∼5
                                                                                                       pertaining to the mitigation, monitoring              days of operational contingency time
                                               SUMMARY:    In accordance with the                      and reporting of such takings are set                 (e.g., weather delays, etc.), and ∼3 days
                                               regulations implementing the Marine                     forth.                                                of transit. The Emperor Seamounts
                                               Mammal Protection Act (MMPA), as                                                                              survey would be expected to last 40
                                                                                                       Summary of Request
                                               amended, notification is hereby given                                                                         days, including ∼13 days of seismic
                                               that NMFS has issued an incidental                        On March 16, 2018, NMFS received a                  operations, ∼11 days of equipment
                                               harassment authorization (IHA) to                       request from the L–DEO for an IHA to                  deployment/retrieval, ∼3 days of
                                               Lamont-Doherty Earth Observatory of                     take marine mammals incidental to                     operational contingency time, and 13
                                               Columbia University (L–DEO) to                          conducting a marine geophysical survey                days of transit.
                                               incidentally take, by Level A and/or                    in the North Pacific Ocean. L–DEO                        Representative survey tracklines are
                                               Level B harassment, marine mammals                      submitted a revised application on June               shown in Figures 1 and 2 in the
                                               during a Marine Geophysical Survey in                   11, 2018. On June 13, 2018, we deemed                 application. Water depths in the Hawaii
                                               the North Pacific Ocean.                                L–DEO’s application for authorization to              survey area range from ∼700 m to more
                                               DATES: This Authorization is effective                  be adequate and complete. L–DEO’s                     than 5,000 m. The water depths in the
                                               from September 1, 2018, through August                  request is for take of small numbers of               Emperor Seamounts survey area range
                                               31, 2019.                                               39 species of marine mammals by Level                 from 1,500–6,000 m. The Hawaii
                                                                                                       A and Level B harassment. Underwater                  seismic survey will be conducted within
                                               FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Rob
                                                                                                       sound associated with airgun use may                  the U.S. exclusive economic zone (EEZ);
                                               Pauline, Office of Protected Resources,
                                                                                                       result in the behavioral harassment or                the Emperor Seamounts survey will take
                                               NMFS, (301) 427–8401. Electronic
                                                                                                       auditory injury of marine mammals in                  place in International Waters.
                                               copies of the application and supporting
                                                                                                       the ensonified areas. Mortality is not an                The procedures to be used for the
                                               documents, as well as a list of the
                                                                                                       anticipated outcome of airgun surveys                 planned surveys would be similar to
                                               references cited in this document, may
                                                                                                       such as this, and, therefore, an IHA is               those used during previous seismic
                                               be obtained online at: https://
                                                                                                       appropriate.                                          surveys by L–DEO and would use
                                               www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/                          NMFS has issued an IHA to L–DEO                     conventional seismic methodology. The
                                               marine-mammal-protection/incidental-                    authorizing the take of 39 species by                 surveys would involve one source
                                               take-authorizations-research-and-other-                 Level A and Level B harassment. The                   vessel, the Langseth, which is owned by
                                               activities. In case of problems accessing               IHA is effective from September 1, 2018               NSF and operated on its behalf by
                                               these documents, please call the contact                through August 31, 2019.                              Columbia University’s L–DEO. The
                                               listed above.                                                                                                 Langseth would deploy an array of 36
                                               SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:                              Description of Planned Activity
                                                                                                                                                             airguns as an energy source with a total
                                                                                                          The planned activity consists of two               volume of ∼6,600 in3. The receiving
                                               Background
                                                                                                       high-energy seismic surveys conducted                 system would consist of ocean bottom
                                                  The MMPA prohibits the ‘‘take’’ of                   at different locations in the North                   seismometers (OBSs) and a single
                                               marine mammals, with certain                            Pacific Ocean. Researchers from L–DEO                 hydrophone streamer 15 km in length.
                                               exceptions. Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and                   and University of Hawaii, with funding                As the airgun arrays are towed along the
                                               (D) of the MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361 et                      from the U.S. National Science                        survey lines, the hydrophone streamer
                                               seq.) direct the Secretary of Commerce                  Foundation (NSF), in collaboration with               would transfer the data to the on-board
                                               (as delegated to NMFS) to allow, upon                   researchers from United States                        processing system, and the OBSs would
                                               request, the incidental, but not                        Geological Survey (USGS), Oxford                      receive and store the returning acoustic
                                               intentional, taking of small numbers of                 University, and GEOMAR Helmholtz                      signals internally for later analysis.
                                               marine mammals by U.S. citizens who                     Centre for Ocean Research Kiel                           A detailed description of the planned
                                               engage in a specified activity (other than              (GEOMAR), plan to conduct the surveys                 project is provided in the Federal
                                               commercial fishing) within a specified                  from the Research Vessel (R/V) Marcus                 Register notice for the proposed IHA (83
                                               geographical region if certain findings                 G. Langseth (Langseth) in the North                   FR 30480; June 28, 2018). Since that
                                               are made and either regulations are                     Pacific Ocean. The first planned seismic              time, no changes have been made to the
                                               issued or, if the taking is limited to                  survey would occur in the vicinity of                 planned activities. Therefore, a detailed
                                               harassment, a notice of a proposed                      the Main Hawaiian Islands in 2018 and                 description is not provided here. Please
                                               incidental take authorization may be                    a subsequent survey would take place at               refer to that Federal Register notice for
                                               provided to the public for review.                      the Emperor Seamounts in 2019. The                    the description of the specific activity.
                                                  Authorization for incidental takings                 planned timing for the Hawaii survey is
                                               shall be granted if NMFS finds that the                 late summer/early fall 2018; the timing               Comments and Responses
                                               taking will have a negligible impact on                 for the Emperor Seamounts survey                         NMFS published a notice of proposed
                                               the species or stock(s) and will not have               would likely be late spring/early                     IHA in the Federal Register on June 28,
                                               an unmitigable adverse impact on the                    summer 2019. Both surveys would use                   2018 (83 FR 30480). During the 30-day
                                               availability of the species or stock(s) for             a 36-airgun towed array with a total                  public comment period, NMFS received
                                               taking for subsistence uses (where                      discharge volume of ∼6,600 in3. The                   comments from the Marine Mammal
                                               relevant). Further, NMFS must prescribe                 main goal of the surveys planned by                   Commission (Commission), the Marine
                                               the permissible methods of taking and                   L–DEO and the University of Hawaii is                 Seismic Research Oversight Committee
                                               other ‘‘means of effecting the least                    to gain fundamental insight into the                  (MSROC), the Cascadia Research
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES




                                               practicable [adverse] impact’’ on the                   formation and evaluation of Hawaiian-                 Consortium (CRC), the Natural
                                               affected species or stocks and their                    Emperor Seamount chain, and inform a                  Resources Defense Council (NRDC) and
                                               habitat, paying particular attention to                 more comprehensive assessment of                      from members of the general public.
                                               rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of                 geohazards for the Hawaiian Islands                   NMFS has posted the comments online
                                               similar significance, and on the                        region.                                               at: https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/
                                               availability of such species or stocks for                 The Hawaii survey would be expected                national/marine-mammal-protection/
                                               taking for certain subsistence uses                     to last for 38 days, including ∼19 days               incidental-take-authorizations-research-


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:42 Aug 30, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00018   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\31AUN1.SGM   31AUN1


                                               44580                         Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 170 / Friday, August 31, 2018 / Notices

                                               and-other-activities. The following is a                resident stock and ensure that the                    CV, SD, SE, upper CI) for the Emperor
                                               summary of the public comments and                      estimated number of Level B harassment                survey area. The Commission also
                                               NMFS’ responses.                                        takes is sufficient based on group size of            recommended that NMFS convene a
                                                  Comment: The Commission noted                        melon-headed whales for the Hawaiian                  working group of scientists to determine
                                               that several of the density estimates                   Islands stock. The Commission noted                   how best to incorporate uncertainty in
                                               used by NMFS were outdated or                           that similar issues exist for the various             density data that are extrapolated.
                                               incorrect.                                              MHI insular stocks of spinner and                        Response: The Commission
                                                  Response: NMFS used several density                  common bottlenose dolphins. However,                  recommended that NMFS adjust density
                                               sources to estimate take including                      the group sizes for those species are                 estimates using some measure of
                                               Bradford et al. (2015, 2017) and                        much less than for melon- headed                      uncertainty when available density data
                                               methods described in Department of the                  whales. The Commission recommended                    originate from different geographic
                                               Navy (2017). As the Commission                          that NMFS (1) authorize only those                    areas, temporal scales, and species,
                                               recommended, for the final IHA notice,                  numbers of Level B harassment takes of                especially for actions which will occur
                                               NMFS has revised the densities for                      the various MHI insular stocks of                     outside the U.S. EEZ where site- and
                                               striped dolphins to 25 from 5.36                        spinner and bottlenose dolphins for                   species-specific density estimates tend
                                               animals/1,000 km2 and for Fraser’s                      which NMFS can make a small numbers                   to be scant, such as L–DEO’s planned
                                               dolphins to 21 from 4.17 animals/1,000                  determination and (2) if the authorized               survey in the Emperor Seamounts area.
                                               km2 based on Bradford (2017). In the                    takes are met for any of those stocks,                We have attempted to do so in this IHA,
                                               proposed notice, NMFS divided by                        require L–DEO to implement shut-down                  and feel the 25 percent correction factor
                                               three the unidentified Mesoplodon spp.                  procedures if a spinner or bottlenose                 is an appropriate method in this case to
                                               density of 1.89 animals/1,000 km2 from                  dolphin or group of dolphins is                       account for uncertainties in the density
                                               Bradford et al. (2017) (resulting in 0.63               observed approaching or within the                    data that were available for use in the
                                               animals/1,000 km2) for gingko-toothed,                  Level B harassment zone in the habitat                take estimates. NMFS is open to
                                               Deraniyagala’s, and Hubb’s beaked                       of the specific MHI insular stock.                    consideration of other correction factors
                                               whale densities. NMFS revised the                          Response: L–DEO will be required to                for use in future IHAs and looks forward
                                               density for each species in the notice to               implement shut-down procedures if a                   to further discussion with the
                                               1.89 animals/1,000 km2, since there was                 melon-headed whale or group of melon-                 Commission on how best to incorporate
                                               no data available identifying separate                  headed whales is observed in Kohala                   uncertainty in density estimates in
                                               densities for these species. NMFS                       resident stock habitat. NMFS has also                 instances where density data is limited.
                                               updated the false killer whale densities                revised authorized take numbers to                       Regarding the Commission’s
                                               to animals/100 km2 as take had been                     ensure that the number of estimated                   recommendation that NMFS convene an
                                               incorrectly estimated using a density of                takes is sufficient based on group size of            internal working group to determine
                                               animals/1,000 km2 in the notice of                      melon-headed whales for the Hawaiian                  what data sources are considered best
                                               proposed IHA (Bradford et al. 2015).                    Islands stock (see Take Calculation and               available for the various species and in
                                               NMFS further indicated it would amend                   Estimation section for detail). NMFS                  the various areas, NMFS may consider
                                               all takes accordingly. NMFS utilized an                 also has made small numbers                           future action to address these issues, but
                                               average group size from Bradford et al.                 determinations for the stocks described               currently intends to address these
                                               (2017) to increase the number of                        in the comment above and will require                 questions through ongoing interactions
                                               recalculated Level B harassment takes of                L–DEO to implement shut-down                          with the U.S. Navy, academic
                                               killer whales to five. NMFS also                        procedures if a spinner or bottlenose                 institutions, and other research
                                               increased Level A harassment takes for                  dolphin or group of dolphins is                       organizations.
                                               humpback and sei whales to average                      observed approaching or within the                       Comment: The Commission
                                               group size.                                             Level B harassment zone in the habitat                recommended that NMFS require L–
                                                  Comment: The Commission                              of the specific MHI insular stock if the              DEO to specify why it is using radial
                                               recommended that NMFS re-calculate                      authorized takes are met for any of these             distances for SELcum and SPLrms
                                               the monk seal density based on an                       stocks.                                               metrics and radii for SPLpeak metrics.
                                               abundance of 1,324 from Baker et al.                       Comment: The Commission noted                         Response: The radius is commonly
                                               (2016) as this is thought to be the best                that various datasets used for estimating             used to determine Level A harassment
                                               available density information. The                      densities in the area of the Emperor                  isopleths, as well as those for Level B.
                                               Commission also recommended that                        survey were compiled 30 to 35 years ago               In order for L–DEO to be able to account
                                               NMFS re-estimate the number of Level                    while others originated from other                    for accumulation associated with NMFS
                                               B harassment takes of monk seals based                  geographic regions with presumed                      Revised Technical Guidance’s SELcum
                                               on this data.                                           assumptions. The Commission had                       thresholds, including the use of the
                                                  Response: NMFS has recalculated                      previously recommended that NMFS                      NMFS optional User Spreadsheet tool,
                                               authorized Level B harassment takes                     should adjust the density estimates used              they needed to determine far-field
                                               based on the Commission’s                               to estimate the numbers of potential                  source level. In order to do, L–DEO
                                               recommendation. A complete                              takes by incorporating some measure of                relied upon the more conservative radial
                                               description may be found in the                         uncertainty when available density data               distance, since the radial distance is
                                               Estimated Take section.                                 originate from other geographical areas,              larger than the radius. They used the
                                                  Comment: The Commission and                          temporal scales, and species. Since                   radial distance to determine modified
                                               NRDC expressed concerns about                           many of the references from which the                 far-field source levels, which were
                                               potential impacts to small and resident                 density data originated include                       directly incorporated in the NMFS
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES




                                               populations of marine mammals located                   coefficients of variation (CVs), standard             optional User Spreadsheet to determine
                                               in Main Hawaiian Islands. The                           errors (SEs), or confidence intervals (CI),           Level A isopleths using the SELcum
                                               Commission recommended that NMFS                        which provide information on                          metric. L–DEO also used the more
                                               require L–DEO to implement shut-down                    uncertainty relative to the underlying                conservative radial distance to back
                                               procedures if a melon-headed whale or                   data, the Commission recommended                      calculate their modified far-field source
                                               group of melon-headed whales is                         that NMFS adjust the density estimates                levels for SPLpeak. The radius was then
                                               observed in the habitat of the Kohala                   using some measure of uncertainty (i.e.,              determined by plugging the radial


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:42 Aug 30, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00019   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\31AUN1.SGM   31AUN1


                                                                             Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 170 / Friday, August 31, 2018 / Notices                                          44581

                                               distance into the Pythagorean theorem                      Comment: The Commission                            exclusion isopleths in other areas by
                                               (as the hypotenuse). This radius value                  recommended that NMFS require L–                      conducting a retrospective sound power
                                               was then used to calculate the peak                     DEO to re-estimate the proposed Level                 analysis of one of the lines acquired
                                               sound pressure level isopleth.                          A and B harassment zones and                          during L–DEO’s seismic survey offshore
                                                  In summary, use of the radius is not                 associated takes of marine mammals                    New Jersey in 2014 (Crone, 2015).
                                               inconsistent with how isopleths have                    using (1) both operational (including                 NMFS presented a comparison of the
                                               been calculated for other sources,                      number/type/spacing of airguns, tow                   predicted radii (i.e., modeled exclusion
                                               including seismic activities. Use of the                depth, source level/operating pressure,               zones) with radii based on in situ
                                               radius will also account for animals at                 operational volume) and site-specific                 measurements (i.e., the upper bound
                                               depth that are at the longest radial                    environmental (including sound speed                  [95th percentile] of the cross-line
                                               distance. Note that the use of radial                   profiles, bathymetry, and sediment                    prediction) in a previous notice of
                                               distance was used only to establish                     characteristics 41 at a minimum)                      issued Authorization for LDEO (see 80
                                               modified far-field source levels.                       parameters, (2) a comprehensive source                FR 27635, May 14, 2015, Table 1).
                                                  Comment: The Commission                              model (i.e., Gundalf Optimizer or                     Briefly, the analysis presented in Crone
                                               recommended that NMFS provide                           AASM) and (3) an appropriate sound                    (2015), specific to the survey site
                                               justification for why it believes that L–               propagation model for the proposed                    offshore New Jersey, confirmed that in-
                                               DEO’s use of the Nucleus source model,                  incidental harassment authorization.                  situ, site specific measurements and
                                               which does not provide data above 2.5                   Specifically, the Commission reiterates               estimates of 160 decibel (dB) and 180
                                               kHz, is appropriate for determining the                 that L–DEO should be using the ray-                   dB isopleths collected by the
                                               extents of the Level A harassment zones                 tracing sound propagation model                       hydrophone streamer of the R/V Marcus
                                               for MF and HF cetaceans.                                BELLHOP—which is a free, standard                     Langseth in shallow water were smaller
                                                  Response: Experience and amplitude                   propagation code that readily                         than the modeled (i.e., predicted) zones
                                               spectral density showed in the L–DEO                    incorporates all environmental inputs                 for two seismic surveys conducted
                                               application indicate that most of the                   listed herein, rather than the limited, in-           offshore New Jersey in shallow water in
                                               energy output for Langseth-type source                  house MATLAB code currently in use.                   2014 and 2015. In that particular case,
                                                                                                          Response: NMFS acknowledges the                    Crone’s (2015) results showed that
                                               is below 1 kHz, and so the error done
                                                                                                       Commission’s concerns about L–DEO’s                   LDEO’s modeled 180 dB and 160 dB
                                               by omitting higher frequencies will be
                                                                                                       current modeling approach for                         zones were approximately 28 percent
                                               fairly small. To evaluate the impact of
                                                                                                       estimating Level A and Level B                        and 33 percent smaller, respectively,
                                               the high frequencies (>1 KHz), L–DEO
                                                                                                       harassment zones and takes. L–DEO’s                   than the in-situ, site-specific
                                               calculated amplitude spectral densities
                                                                                                       application and the Federal Register                  measurements, thus confirming that
                                               using information from the Langseth
                                                                                                       notice of the proposed IHA (83 FR                     LDEO’s model was conservative in that
                                               Gulf of Mexico calibration experiment
                                                                                                       30480; June 28, 2018) describe the                    case.
                                               (Tolstoy et al., 2009) and compared                     applicant’s approach to modeling Level
                                               them to the results used in the L–DEO                   A and Level B harassment zones. The                      The following is a summary of two
                                               application (up to 3KHz). Scenario A is                 model LDEO currently uses does not                    additional analyses of in-situ data that
                                               the one used in the L–DEO application                   allow for the consideration of                        support LDEO’s use of the modeled
                                               (spectrum up to 3 KHz). Scenario B                      environmental and site-specific                       Level A and Level B harassment zones
                                               considers the same spectrum up to 10                    parameters as requested by the                        in this particular case. In 2010, LDEO
                                               KHz. The spectrum was obtained by                       Commission.                                           assessed the accuracy of their modeling
                                               upsampling the farfield signature                          L–DEO’s application describes their                approach by comparing the sound levels
                                               obtained from the Nucleus modeling                      approach to modeling Level A and Level                of the field measurements acquired in
                                               package. Scenario C considers the                       B harassment zones. In summary, LDEO                  the Gulf of Mexico study to their model
                                               spectrum derived from the farfield                      acquired field measurements for several               predictions (Diebold et al., 2010). They
                                               signature obtained using the Nucleus                    array configurations at shallow,                      reported that the observed sound levels
                                               modeling package from 1 Hz to ∼200 Hz                   intermediate, and deep-water depths                   from the field measurements fell almost
                                               and L–DEO extended the spectrum with                    during acoustic verification studies                  entirely below the predicted mitigation
                                               a realistic decay curve (¥35dB/decade)                  conducted in the northern Gulf of                     radii curve for deep water (i.e., greater
                                               from ∼200 Hz up to 10 kHz. The                          Mexico in 2007 and 2008 (Tolstoy et al.,              than 1,000 m; 3280.8 ft) (Diebold et al.,
                                               ¥35dB/decade decay curve is derived                     2009). Based on the empirical data from               2010). In 2012, LDEO used a similar
                                               from the slope hydrophone data from                     those studies, LDEO developed a sound                 process to model distances to isopleths
                                               the Gulf of Mexico study (Fig. 14 of                    propagation modeling approach that                    corresponding to Level A and Level B
                                               Tolstoy et al., 2009). Because this decay               predicts received sound levels as a                   harassment thresholds for a shallow-
                                               curve boosts/increases the amplitudes                   function of distance from a particular                water seismic survey in the northeast
                                               between 200 Hz and 1 KHz much more                      airgun array configuration in deep                    Pacific Ocean offshore Washington
                                               than the predicted spectrum derived                     water. For this survey, LDEO modeled                  State. LDEO conducted the shallow-
                                               from the Nucleus modeling package and                   Level A and Level B harassment zones                  water survey using a 6,600 in3 airgun
                                               that is valid in that frequency range, for              based on the empirically-derived                      configuration aboard the R/V Marcus
                                               scenario D, L–DEO took a ¥30dB/                         measurements from the Gulf of Mexico                  Langseth and recorded the received
                                               decade decay curve around ∼600 Hz.                      calibration survey (Appendix H of NSF–                sound levels on both the shelf and slope
                                                  Results show that the adjustment                     USGS 2011). LDEO used the deep-water                  using the Langseth’s 8 km hydrophone
                                               factors slightly decrease for scenarios C               radii obtained from model results down                streamer. Crone et al. (2014) analyzed
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES




                                               and D and the corresponding PTS                         to a maximum water depth of 2,000 m                   those received sound levels from the
                                               SELcum Isopleths to thresholds are a                    (Figure 2 and 3 in Appendix H of NSF–                 2012 survey and confirmed that in-situ,
                                               little higher for those two scenarios                   USGS 2011).                                           site specific measurements and
                                               (<20m) but are always smaller than the                     In 2015, LDEO explored the question                estimates of the 160 dB and 180 dB
                                               PTS SELcum Isopleths to thresholds                      of whether the Gulf of Mexico                         isopleths collected by the Langseth’s
                                               derived from the Peak SPL that was                      calibration data described above                      hydrophone streamer in shallow water
                                               used here.                                              adequately informs the model to predict               were two to three times smaller than


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:42 Aug 30, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00020   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\31AUN1.SGM   31AUN1


                                               44582                         Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 170 / Friday, August 31, 2018 / Notices

                                               LDEO’s modeling approach had                            and the take estimates and mitigation                 predictions of 6,733 m included in the
                                               predicted. While the results confirmed                  measures that the model informs. NMFS                 IHA application.
                                               the role of bathymetry in sound                         takes into consideration the model used,                 Comment: The Commission
                                               propagation, Crone et al. (2014) were                   and its results, in determining the                   recommended that NMFS use a
                                               also able to confirm that the empirical                 potential impacts to marine mammals;                  consistent approach for requiring all
                                               measurements from the Gulf of Mexico                    however, it is just one component of the              geophysical and seismic survey
                                               calibration survey (the same                            analysis during the MMPA                              operators to abide by the same general
                                               measurements used to inform LDEO’s                      authorization process as NMFS also                    mitigation measures, including
                                               modeling approach for the planned                       takes into consideration other factors                prohibiting L–DEO from using power
                                               surveys in the northwest Atlantic                       associated with the activity (e.g.,                   downs and the mitigation airgun during
                                               Ocean) overestimated the size of the                    geographic location, duration of                      its geophysical surveys.
                                               exclusion and buffer zones for the                      activities, context, sound source                        Response: NMFS is in the process of
                                               shallow-water 2012 survey off                           intensity, etc.).                                     developing protocols that could be
                                               Washington State and were thus                             Comment: Given the shortcomings                    applied to geophyscical and seismic
                                               precautionary, in that particular case.                 noted for L–DEO’s source and sound                    surveys. The protocols are being
                                                  NMFS continues to work with LDEO                     propagation modeling and the                          developed on the basis of detailed
                                               to address the issue of incorporating                   requirements that other action                        review of available literature, including
                                               site-specific information for future                    proponents are obliged to fulfill, the                peer-review science, review articles,
                                               authorizations for seismic surveys.                     Commission recommended that NMFS                      gray literature, and protocols required
                                               However, LDEO’s current modeling                        require L–DEO to archive, analyze, and                by other countries around the world.
                                               approach (supported by the three data                   compare the in-situ data collected by                 NMFS will share the protocols with the
                                               points discussed previously) represents                 the hydrophone streamer and OBSs to                   Commission when they are ready for
                                               the best available information for NMFS                 L–DEO’s modeling results for the                      external comment and review.
                                               to reach determinations for this IHA. As                                                                         Note that powerdowns are only
                                                                                                       extents of the Level A and B harassment
                                               described earlier, the comparisons of                                                                         allowed/required in lieu of shutdown
                                                                                                       zones based on the various water depths
                                               LDEO’s model results and the field data                                                                       when certain species of dolphins,
                                                                                                       to be surveyed and provide the data and
                                               collected at multiple locations (i.e., the                                                                    specifically identified in the Mitigation
                                                                                                       results to NMFS.                                      section, enter the shutdown zone. In all
                                               Gulf of Mexico, offshore Washington
                                                                                                          Response: Based on information                     other cases, shutdown would be
                                               State, and offshore New Jersey) illustrate
                                                                                                       presented by the applicant and                        implemented under conditions as
                                               a degree of conservativeness built into
                                                                                                       supported by published analysis such as               described in the IHA.
                                               LDEO’s model for deep water, which
                                                                                                       Diebold et al. 2010, Tolstoy et al. 2009,                Comment: The Commission noted
                                               NMFS expects to offset some of the
                                                                                                       Crone et al. 2014, Crone et al. 2017,                 that monitoring and reporting
                                               limitations of the model to capture the
                                                                                                       Barton et al. 2006, and Diebold et al.                requirements adopted need to be
                                               variability resulting from site-specific
                                                                                                       2006, L–DEO modeling results and                      sufficient to provide a reasonably
                                               factors. Based upon the best available
                                               information (i.e., the three data points,               predicted distances to harassment zones               accurate assessment of the manner of
                                               two of which are peer-reviewed,                         are likely more conservative than actual              taking and the numbers of animals taken
                                               discussed in this response), NMFS finds                 distances measured from data collected                incidental to the specified activity.
                                               that the Level A and Level B harassment                 in situ. The Commission stated one                    Those assessments should account for
                                               zone calculations are appropriate for use               reason for recommending that NMFS                     all animals in the various survey areas,
                                               in this particular IHA.                                 require L–DEO to conduct sound source                 including those animals directly on the
                                                  LDEO has conveyed to NMFS that                       verification efforts was due to the short-            trackline that are not detected and how
                                               additional modeling efforts to refine the               comings of the L–DEO model. However,                  well animals are detected based on the
                                               process and conduct comparative                         as previously noted, the L–DEO model                  distance from the observer which is
                                               analysis may be possible with the                       is conservative and is viewed                         achieved by incorporating g(0) and f(0)
                                               availability of research funds and other                appropriate for R/V Langseth                          values. The Commission recommended
                                               resources. Obtaining research funds is                  operations. Use of the L–DEO model is                 that NMFS require L–DEO to use the
                                               typically accomplished through a                        further supported by ten years of                     Commission’s method as described in
                                               competitive process, including those                    successful operations with no observed                the Commission’s Addendum to better
                                               submitted to U.S. Federal agencies. The                 harm to marine life. For these reasons,               estimate the numbers of marine
                                               use of models for calculating Level A                   additional sound source verification                  mammals taken by Level A and B
                                               and Level B harassment zones and for                    efforts are not warranted at this time.               harassment for the incidental
                                               developing take estimates is not a                         L–DEO has met with the Commission                  harassment authorization. The
                                               requirement of the MMPA incidental                      and NMFS on several occasions to                      Commission stated that all other NSF-
                                               take authorization process. Further,                    explain the model and why it is,                      affiliated entities and all seismic
                                               NMFS does not provide specific                          although conservative, the most                       operators should use this method as
                                               guidance on model parameters nor                        appropriate approach to use for R/V                   well.
                                               prescribe a specific model for applicants               Langseth operations. The planned                         Response: NMFS agrees that reporting
                                               as part of the MMPA incidental take                     survey will mainly occur in deep water                of the manner of taking and the numbers
                                               authorization process at this time,                     (98.5%) and as demonstrated in Diebold                of animals incidentally taken should
                                               although we do review methods to                        et al. 2010 and Tolstoy et al. 2009 for               account for all animals taken, including
                                               ensure adequate for prediction of take.                 deep water, the results show that the                 those animals directly on the trackline
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES




                                               There is a level of variability not only                predicted distances were conservative                 that are not detected and how well
                                               with parameters in the models, but also                 relative to measured values. Even                     animals are detected based on the
                                               the uncertainty associated with data                    allowing for scaling of actual                        distance from the observer, to the extent
                                               used in models, and therefore, the                      measurements between different tow                    practicable. NMFS appreciates the
                                               quality of the model results submitted                  depths of Tolstoy (2009) from 6 m to 12               Commission’s recommendations but we
                                               by applicants. NMFS considers this                      m in the IHA, this yields a radius of                 believe that the Commission’s described
                                               variability when evaluating applications                4,940 which is much less than model                   method needs further consideration in


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:42 Aug 30, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00021   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\31AUN1.SGM   31AUN1


                                                                             Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 170 / Friday, August 31, 2018 / Notices                                          44583

                                               relation to the observations conducted                  documentation so that it has adequate                 the identified boundary areas will be
                                               during marine geophysical surveys.                      time to review and provide comments                   limited and the majority of monitoring
                                               Therefore, at this time we do not                       on the adequacy and accuracy of the                   will occur during daylight hours.
                                               prescribe a particular method for                       application, allow applicants to make                    Comment: CRC and a single
                                               accomplishing this task. We look                        necessary revisions or additions to the               individual both recommended that
                                               forward to engaging further both                        application, draft its proposed                       NMFS require additional monitoring of
                                               L–DEO, the Commission and other                         authorization, and consider the                       the melon-headed whale population
                                               applicants to reach a determination on                  comments received from the public.                    during Trackline 1 of the seismic
                                               the most suitable method to for                            Response: There are no regulations                 survey. This could be achieved by
                                               estimating g(0) and f(0) values.                        stipulating a required time frame for                 deploying satellite tags on individual
                                                  Comment: The Commission and                          submission of an IHA applications in                  melon-headed whales immediately (i.e.,
                                               NRDC recommended that NMFS refrain                      advance of the requested date of                      within a few days) prior to the survey
                                               from implementing its proposed one-                     issuance. However, NMFS has provided                  vessel undertaking Trackline 1. The
                                               year renewal process and instead use                    to the public recommended time frames                 proximity of one or more groups of
                                               abbreviated Federal Register notices                    for submission of applications for IHAs               melon-headed whales to survey
                                               and reference existing documents to                     and rulemakings/letter of authorization               activities could be monitored. CRC
                                               streamline the incidental harassment                    (LOAs) which are posted at https://                   recommended that NMFS should either
                                               authorization process. The Commission                   www.fisheries.noaa.gov/node/23111.                    require L–DEO to implement this type
                                               further recommends that NMFS provide                    NMFS will continue to strongly                        of monitoring program themselves or
                                               the Commission and the public with a                    encourage applicants to submit                        notify independent researchers who are
                                               legal analysis supporting its conclusion                applications well in advance of the                   permitted to work in the area during the
                                               that the process is consistent with the                 anticipated issuance dates such that                  timing of the survey with enough
                                               requirements under section 101(a)(5)(D)                 applications can undergo thorough                     advance notice to allow for satellite tag
                                               of the MMPA. Furthermore, if NMFS                       review and revisions can be made as                   monitoring.
                                               decides to bypass the notice and                        appropriate.                                             Response: NMFS generally does not
                                               comment process in advance of issuing                      Comment: The planned survey will                   require applicants to implement highly
                                               a renewal, it should nevertheless                       pass through the ranges of a number of                technical monitoring regimes, especially
                                               publish notice in the Federal Register                  small island-associated populations                   when the applicant would need to
                                               whenever such a renewal has been                        around the main Hawaiian Islands.                     secure additional research permits.
                                               issued.                                                 These include the range of the                        Furthermore, NMFS cannot direct an
                                                  Response: NMFS appreciates the                       endangered Kohala resident stock of                   applicant to divulge what they deem to
                                               streamlining achieved by the use of                     melon-headed whales and the newly                     be highly sensitive information (i.e.,
                                               abbreviated FR notices and intends to                   designated critical habitat area for the              ship location and/or route). Instead,
                                               continue using them for proposed IHAs                   Main Hawaiian Islands insular false                   NMFS encouraged CRC to contact L–
                                               that include minor changes from                         killer whale Distinct Population                      DEO directly. Also, as noted above, the
                                               previously issued IHAs, but which do                    Segment (83 FR 35062; July 24, 2018).                 time spent in the vicinity of the small
                                               not satisfy the renewal requirements.                   Given that visual observation at night                resident population of melon-headed
                                               We believe our proposed method for                      will be ineffective at detecting animals              whale will be minimal.
                                               issuing renewals meets statutory                        of either species, CRC recommended                       Comment: MSROC noted the
                                               requirements and maximizes efficiency.                  that seismic surveys through ranges of                scientific and societal importance of the
                                               Importantly, such renewals would be                     these species should only be allowed                  planned Langseth seismic surveys,
                                               limited to circumstances where: the                     during daylight hours.                                endorsed these collaborative research
                                               activities are identical or nearly                         Response: L–DEO has agreed to                      programs, and strongly encouraged
                                               identical to those analyzed in the                      attempt to time their surveys such that               NMFS to approve and issue an IHA.
                                               proposed IHA; monitoring does not                       most of the seismic activity would occur              They urged NMFS to issue the IHA as
                                               indicate impacts that were not                          within the ranges of the two species of               soon as possible following the close of
                                               previously analyzed and authorized;                     concern only during daylight hours.                   the public comment period.
                                               and, the mitigation and monitoring                      However, unforeseen circumstances                        Response: NMFS appreciates the
                                               requirements remain the same, all of                    (e.g. weather, equipment breakdown)                   importance of this research and has
                                               which allow the public to comment on                    may preclude L–DEO from conducting                    issued the IHA to L–DEO in a timely
                                               the appropriateness and effects of a                    all seismic operations during daylight                manner.
                                               renewal at the same time the public                     within these species’ ranges. Various                    Comment: An individual referred to
                                               provides comments on the initial IHA.                   operational requirements and protocols                recent research findings (McCauley et
                                               NMFS has, however, modified the                         associated with marine seismic surveys                al. 2017) indicating that use of airgun
                                               language for future proposed IHAs to                    do not generally allow for the prolonged              arrays may damage a range of
                                               clarify that all IHAs, including renewal                stoppage or delay of seismic activities               invertebrates. The individual also felt
                                               IHAs, are valid for no more than one                    when a trackline is being surveyed.                   that NOAA has the capacity & obligation
                                               year and that the agency would consider                 Additionally, it will take the Langseth               to substantiate these claims prior to
                                               only one renewal for a project at this                  approximately 10.6 hours per pass along               issuing any further permits.
                                               time. In addition, notice of issuance or                Trackline 1 to traverse the stock                        Response: Relatively little research
                                               denial of a renewal IHA would be                        boundaries of the Kohala resident stock.              has been focused on assessing the
                                               published in the Federal Register, as                   There will be two passes along both                   impacts of airguns on invertebrates. The
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES




                                               they are for all IHAs. Last, NMFS will                  Tracklines 1 and 2 with each pass                     study by McCauley et al. (2017) found
                                               publish on our website a description of                 separated by several days. It will take               that exposure to airgun sound decreased
                                               the renewal process before any renewal                  the Langseth about 18.6 hours per pass                zooplankton abundance compared to
                                               is issued utilizing the new process.                    on Trackline 1 and 12.5 hours per pass                control samples, and caused a two- to
                                                  Comment: The Commission                              onTrackline 2 to traverse the larger                  three-fold increase in adult and larval
                                               recommends that NMFS require earlier                    insular false killer whale critical habitat           zooplankton mortality. They observed
                                               submission of applications and other                    area. The amount of time spent within                 impacts on the zooplankton as far as 1.2


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:42 Aug 30, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00022   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\31AUN1.SGM   31AUN1


                                               44584                                          Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 170 / Friday, August 31, 2018 / Notices

                                               km from the exposure location—a much                                             water masses moving in, and the                                                             including regulatory status under the
                                               greater impact range than previously                                             findings may not apply in lower-energy                                                      MMPA and ESA. Some of the
                                               thought; however, there was no                                                   environments or for zooplankton with                                                        populations of marine mammals
                                               consistent decline in the proportion of                                          longer life-cycles. In fact, the study                                                      considered in this document occur
                                               dead zooplankton as distance increased                                           found that by turning off the current, as                                                   within the U.S. EEZ and are therefore
                                               and received levels decreased. The                                               may reflect lower-energy environments,                                                      assigned to stocks and are assessed in
                                               authors also stated that in order to have                                        the time to recovery for the modelled                                                       NMFS’ Stock Assessment Reports
                                               significant impacts on r-selected species                                        population extended from several days                                                       (https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/
                                               such as plankton, the spatial or                                                 to several weeks.                                                                           national/marine-mammal-protection/
                                               temporal scale of impact must be large                                              In the absence of further validation of                                                  marine-mammal-stock-assessments). As
                                               in comparison with the ecosystem                                                 the McCauley et al. (2017) findings, if                                                     such, information on potential
                                               concerned, and it is possible that the                                           we assume a worst-case likelihood of                                                        biological removal (PBR; defined by the
                                               findings reflect avoidance by                                                    severe impacts to zooplankton within                                                        MMPA as the maximum number of
                                               zooplankton rather than mortality                                                approximately 1 km of the acoustic                                                          animals, not including natural
                                               (McCauley et al., 2017). In addition, the                                        source, the large spatial scale and wide                                                    mortalities, that may be removed from a
                                               results of this study are inconsistent                                           dispersal of tracklines does not lead us                                                    marine mammal stock while allowing
                                               with a large body of research that                                               to expect any meaningful follow-on                                                          that stock to reach or maintain its
                                               generally finds limited spatial and                                              effects to the prey base for marine                                                         optimum sustainable population) and
                                               temporal impacts to zooplankton as a                                             mammals predators. While the large                                                          on annual levels of serious injury and
                                               result of exposure to airgun noise (e.g.,                                        scale of effect observed by McCauley et                                                     mortality from anthropogenic sources
                                               Dalen and Knutsen, 1987; Payne, 2004;                                            al. (2017) may be of concern, especially                                                    are not available for these marine
                                               Stanley et al., 2011).                                                           in a more temperate environment,                                                            mammal populations.
                                                                                                                                NMFS concludes that these findings
                                                  A modeling exercise was conducted                                                                                                                                           Twenty-eight cetacean species,
                                                                                                                                indicate a need for more study,
                                               as a follow-up to the McCauley et al.                                                                                                                                        including 21 odontocetes (dolphins and
                                                                                                                                particularly where repeated noise
                                               (2017) study (as recommended by                                                                                                                                              small- and large-toothed whales) and
                                                                                                                                exposure is expected—a condition
                                               McCauley et al. (2017)), in order to                                                                                                                                         seven mysticetes (baleen whales), and
                                                                                                                                unlikely to occur in relation to these
                                               assess the potential for impacts on                                                                                                                                          one pinniped species, could occur in
                                                                                                                                planned surveys
                                               ocean ecosystem dynamics and                                                                                                                                                 the planned Hawaii survey area (Table
                                               zooplankton population dynamics                                                  Description of Marine Mammals in the                                                        4). In the Emperor Seamounts survey
                                               (Richardson et al., 2017). Richardson et                                         Area of the Specified Activity                                                              area, 27 marine mammal species could
                                               al. (2017) found that for copepods with                                             Section 4 of the IHA application                                                         occur, including 15 odontocetes
                                               a short life cycle in a high-energy                                              summarizes available information                                                            (dolphins and small- and large-toothed
                                               environment, a full-scale airgun survey                                          regarding status and trends, distribution                                                   whales), eight mysticetes (baleen
                                               would impact copepod abundance up to                                             and habitat preferences, and behavior                                                       whales), and four pinniped species.
                                               three days following the end of the                                              and life history of the potentially                                                         Some species occur in both locations. In
                                               survey, suggesting that effects such as                                          affected species. More general                                                              total, 39 species are expected to occur
                                               those found by McCauley et al. (2017)                                            information about these species (e.g.,                                                      in the vicinity of the specified activity.
                                               would not be expected to be detectable                                           physical and behavioral descriptions)                                                         Marine mammal abundance estimates
                                               downstream of the survey areas, either                                           may be found on NMFS’ website                                                               presented in this document represent
                                               spatially or temporally. However, these                                          (https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/find-                                                       the total number of individuals
                                               findings are relevant for zooplankton                                            species). Table 1 lists all species with                                                    estimated within a particular study or
                                               with rapid reproductive cycles in areas                                          expected potential for occurrence in the                                                    survey area. All values presented in
                                               where there is a high natural                                                    North Pacific Ocean and summarizes                                                          Table 1 are the most recent available at
                                               replenishment rate resulting from new                                            information related to the population,                                                      the time of publication.
                                                                                                TABLE 1—MARINE MAMMALS THAT COULD OCCUR IN THE SURVEY AREAS
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           Present at time
                                                                                                                                                                                          ESA/                                                                                                of survey
                                                                                                                                                                                         MMPA            Stock abundance                                            Annual                      (Y/N)
                                                         Common name                                 Scientific name                                   Stock                             status;       (CV, Nmin, most recent                      PBR              M/SI3
                                                                                                                                                                                        strategic       abundance survey) 2                                                                                Emperor
                                                                                                                                                                                         (Y/N) 1                                                                                            HI            seamounts

                                                                                                                          Order Cetartiodactyla-Cetacea-Superfamily Mysticeti (baleen whales)

                                               Family Eschrichtiidae:
                                                  Gray whale ........................       Eschrichtius robustus ...............   Western North Pacific ..............               E/D; Y         140 (0.04, 135, 2011) 4 ..                        0.06                unk             N                    Y
                                               Family Balaenidae:
                                                  North Pacific right whale ...             Eubalaena japonica ..................   Eastern North Pacific ...............              E/D; Y         31 (0.226, 26, 2013) 6 ....                        N/A                    0            N                    Y
                                                                                                                                    N/A ............................................                  450 5 ...............................    ................   ................   ..................   ..................
                                               Family Balaenopteridae
                                                 (rorquals):
                                                    Humpback whale ...............          Megaptera novaeangliae ..........       Central North Pacific ................             -/-; N         10,103 (0.03, 7,890,                                 83                25             Y                    Y
                                                                                                                                                                                                        2006) 6.
                                                                                                                                    Western North Pacific ..............               E/D; Y         1,107 (0.30, 865, 2006) 6                              3               3.2     ..................   ..................
                                                    Minke whale ......................      Balaenoptera acutorostrata ......       Hawaii .......................................                    UNK ................................     ................   ................           N                    Y
                                                                                                                                    N/A ............................................                  22,000 7 ..........................      ................   ................   ..................   ..................
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES




                                                    Bryde’s whale ....................      Balaenoptera edeni/brydei .......       Hawaii .......................................     -/-; N         1,751 (0.29, 1,378,                               13.8                    0            Y                    Y
                                                                                                                                                                                                        2010) 17.
                                                                                                                                    Eastern Tropical Pacific ...........               -/-; N         UNK ................................             UND                UNK        ..................   ..................
                                                    Sei whale ...........................   Balaenoptera borealis ..............    Hawaii .......................................     E/D; Y         178 (0.9, 93, 2010) 4 ......                      0.2                0.2               Y                    Y
                                                    Fin whale ...........................   Balaenoptera          physalus          Hawaii .......................................     E/D; Y         154 (1.05, 75, 2010) 17 ...                       0.1                  0               Y                    Y
                                                                                              physalus.
                                                                                                                                    N/A ............................................                  13,620–18,680 9 .............            ................   ................   ..................   ..................
                                                    Blue whale .........................    Balaenoptera              musculus      Central North Pacific ................             E/D; Y         133 (1.09, 63, 2010) 17 ...                         0.1                   0            Y                    Y
                                                                                              musculus.




                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014            18:42 Aug 30, 2018            Jkt 244001       PO 00000         Frm 00023             Fmt 4703           Sfmt 4703         E:\FR\FM\31AUN1.SGM                       31AUN1


                                                                                              Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 170 / Friday, August 31, 2018 / Notices                                                                                                                                                 44585

                                                                                   TABLE 1—MARINE MAMMALS THAT COULD OCCUR IN THE SURVEY AREAS—Continued
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Present at time
                                                                                                                                                                                                    ESA/                                                                                                  of survey
                                                                                                                                                                                                   MMPA             Stock abundance                                             Annual                      (Y/N)
                                                         Common name                                   Scientific name                                         Stock                               status;        (CV, Nmin, most recent                       PBR              M/SI3
                                                                                                                                                                                                  strategic        abundance survey) 2                                                                                 Emperor
                                                                                                                                                                                                   (Y/N) 1                                                                                              HI            seamounts

                                                                                                                                   Superfamily Odontoceti (toothed whales, dolphins, porpoises)

                                               Family Physeteridae:
                                                  Sperm whale .....................         Physeter macrocephalus ..........             Hawaii .......................................        E/D; Y          4,559 (0.33, 3,478,                                 13.9                 0.7            Y                    Y
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  2010) 17.
                                                                                                                                          N/A ............................................      N/A             29,674 10–26,300 11 ........               ................   ................   ..................   ..................
                                               Family Kogiidae:
                                                   Pygmy sperm whale ..........             Kogia breviceps ........................      Hawaii .......................................        -/-; N          7,138 4 ............................               UND                      0           Y                    Y
                                                   Dwarf sperm whale ...........            Kogia sima ................................   Hawaii .......................................        -/-; N          17,519 4 ..........................                UND                      0           Y                    Y
                                               Family Ziphiidae (beaked
                                                 whales):
                                                   Cuvier’s beaked whale ......             Ziphius cavirostris .....................     Hawaii .......................................        -/-; N          723 (0.69, 428, 2010) 17                              4.3                   0            Y                    Y
                                                                                                                                          N/A ............................................                      20,000 12 .........................        ................   ................   ..................   ..................
                                                    Longman’s beaked whale                  Indopacetus pacificus ...............         Hawaii .......................................        -/-; N          7,619 (0.66, 4,592,                                    46                   0            y                    N
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  2010) 17.
                                                    Blainville’s beaked whale ..            Mesoplodon densirostris ..........            Hawaii .......................................        -/-; N          2,105 (1.13,1, 980,                                    10                   0           Y                    N
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  2010) 17.
                                                  Stejneger’s beaked whale                  Mesoplodon stejnegeri .............           Alaska .......................................        N               UNK ................................               UND                      0         N                    Y
                                                  Ginkgo-toothed beaked                     Mesoplodon ginkgodens ..........              N/A ............................................                      25,300 12 .........................        ................   ................       Rare                Absent
                                                     whale.
                                                  Deraniyagala’s beaked                     Mesoplodon hotaula .................          N/A ............................................                      25,300 12 .........................        ................   ................          Y                    N
                                                     whale.
                                                  Hubb’s beaked whale ........              Mesoplodon carlhubbsi ............            N/A ............................................                      25,300 12 .........................        ................   ................          Y                    N
                                                  Baird’s beaked whale ........             Berardius bairdii .......................     N/A ............................................                      10,190 13 .........................        ................   ................          N                    Y
                                               Family Delphinidae:
                                                  Rough-toothed dolphin ......              Steno bredanensis ...................         Hawaii .......................................        -/-; N          72,528 (0.39, 52,033,                                  46             UNK         Common                     N
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  2010) 17.
                                                    Common bottlenose dol-                  Tursiops truncatus ....................       Hawaii Pelagic ..........................             -/-; N          21,815 (0.57, 13,957,                                140                 0.2      Common                     N
                                                      phin.                                                                                                                                                       2010) 17.
                                                                                                                                          Kaua’i and Ni’ihau ....................               -/-;   N        184 (0.11, 168, 2005) 4 ..                            1.7               unk       Common                     N
                                                                                                                                          O’ahu ........................................        -/-;   N        743 (0.54, 485, 2006) 4 ..                            4.9               unk       Common                     N
                                                                                                                                          4 Islands Region ......................               -/-;   N        191 (0.24, 156, 2006) ....                           unk                unk       Common                     N
                                                                                                                                          Hawaii Island ............................            -/-;   N        128 (0.13, 115, 2006) 4 ..                            1.6               unk       Common                     N
                                                    Common dolphin ...............          Delphinus delphis .....................       N/A ............................................                      2,963,000 14 ....................          ................   ................      N                        Y
                                                    Pantropical spotted dolphin             Stenella attenuata ....................       Hawaii Pelagic ..........................             -/-; N          55,795 (0.40, 40,338,                                403                    0        Y                       N
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  2010) 17.
                                                                                                                                          O’ahu ........................................        -/-;   N        unk ..................................               unk                unk      ..................   ..................
                                                                                                                                          4 Island Region ........................              -/-;   N        unk ..................................               unk                unk      ..................   ..................
                                                                                                                                          Hawaii Island ............................            -/-;   N        unk ..................................               unk               ≥0.2      ..................   ..................
                                                    Spinner dolphin .................       Stenella longirostris ..................      Hawaii Pelagic ..........................             -/-;   N        unk ..................................               unk                unk              Y                    N
                                                                                                                                          Hawaii Island ............................            -/-;   N        631 (0.04, 585, 2013) 4 ..                           5.9                unk        Common                     N
                                                                                                                                          Oahu/4-Islands .........................              -/-;   N        355 (0.09, 329, 2013) 4 ..                           3.3                unk              Y                    N
                                                    Striped dolphin ..................      Stenella coeruleoalba ...............         Hawaii .......................................        -/-;   N        61,021 (0.38, 44,922,                                449                unk              Y                    Y
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  2010) 17.
                                                                                                                                          N/A ............................................                      964,362 15 .......................         ................   ................   ..................   ..................
                                                    Fraser’s dolphin .................      Lagenodelphis hosei ................          Hawaii .......................................        -/-; N          51,491 (0.66, 31,034,                                310                    0            Y                    N
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  2010) 17.
                                                    Pacific white-sided dolphin             Lagenorhynchus obliquidens ....               Central North Pacific ................                                988,333 16 .......................         ................   ................          N                    Y
                                                    Northern right whale dol-               Lissodelphis borealis ................        N/A ............................................                      307,784 16 .......................         ................   ................          N                    Y
                                                      phin.
                                                    Risso’s dolphin ..................      Grampus griseus ......................        Hawaii .......................................        -/-; N          11,613 (0.39, 8,210,                                   82                   0           Y                    Y
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  2010) 17.
                                                                                                                                          N/A/ ...........................................                      110,457 15 .......................         ................   ................   ..................   ..................
                                                    Melon-headed whale .........            Peponocephala electra .............           Hawaii .......................................        -/-; N          8,666 (1.00, 4,299,                                    43                   0            Y                    N
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  2010) 17.
                                                                                                                                          Kohala Resident .......................               -/-; N          447 (0.12, 404, 2009) 4 ..                              4                  0     ..................   ..................
                                                    Pygmy killer whale ............         Feresa attenuata ......................       Hawaii .......................................        -/-; N          10,640 (0.53, 6,998,                                   56                1.1             Y                    N
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  2010) 17.
                                                    False killer whale ...............      Pseudorca crassidens ..............           Hawaii Insular ...........................            E/D;Y           167 (0.14, 149, 2015) 17                              0.3                  0             Y                    Y
                                                                                                                                          Northwest Hawaiian Islands .....                      -/-; N          617 (1.11, 290, 2010) 17                              2.3                0.4     ..................   ..................
                                                                                                                                          Hawaii Pelagic ..........................             -/-; N          1,540 (0.66, 928,                                     9.3                7.6     ..................   ..................
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  2010) 17.
                                                                                                                                          N/A ............................................                      16,668 18 .........................        ................   ................   ..................   ..................
                                                    Killer whale ........................   Orcinus orca .............................    Hawaii .......................................        -/-; N          146 (0.96, 74, 2010) ......                           0.7                   0            Y                    Y
                                                                                                                                          N/A ............................................                      8,500 19 ...........................       ................   ................   ..................   ..................
                                                    Short-finned pilot whale .....          Globicephala macrorhynchus ...                Hawaii .......................................        -/-; N          19,503 (0.49, 13,197,                                106                 0.9             Y                    Y
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  2010).
                                                                                                                                          N/A ............................................                      53,608 16 .........................        ................   ................   ..................   ..................
                                               Family Phoenidae (porpoises):
                                                  Dall’s porpoise ...................       Phocoenoides dalli ...................        N/A ............................................                      1,186,000 20       ....................    ................   ................          N                    Y

                                                                                                                                                    Order Carnivora—Superfamily Pinnipedia

                                               Family Otariidae (eared seals
                                                 and sea lions):
                                                   Steller sea lion ...................     Eumetopias jubatus ..................         Western DPS ............................              E/D; Y          50,983 (-,50,983, 2015)                    ................   ................          N                    Y
                                                   Northern fur seal ...............        Callorhinus ursinus ...................       Eastern Pacific .........................             -/D; Y          626,734 (0.2, 530,474,                          11,405                  437             N                    Y
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  2014).
                                                                                                                                          N/A ............................................                      1,100,000 5 .....................          ................   ................   ..................   ..................
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES




                                               Family Phocidae (earless
                                                 seals):
                                                   Hawaiian monk seal ..........            Neomonachus schauinslandi ...                 Hawaii .......................................        E/D; Y          1,324 (0.03, 1,261,                                   4.4              ≥1.6             Y                    N
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  2015) 17.
                                                    Northern elephant seal ......           Mirounga angustirostris ............          ...................................................                   210,000–239,000 21 ........                ................   ................          N                    Y
                                                    Ribbon seal .......................     Histriophoca fasciata ................        Alaska .......................................        -/-; N          184,000 (0.12, 163,000,                           9,785                  3.8            N                    Y
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  2013).
                                                 1 Endangered Species Act (ESA) status: Endangered (E), Threatened (T)/MMPA status: Depleted (D). A dash (-) indicates that the species is not listed under the ESA or designated as de-
                                               pleted under the MMPA. Under the MMPA, a strategic stock is one for which the level of direct human-caused mortality exceeds PBR or which is determined to be declining and likely to be list-
                                               ed under the ESA within the foreseeable future. Any species or stock listed under the ESA is automatically designated under the MMPA as depleted and as a strategic stock.




                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014            18:42 Aug 30, 2018              Jkt 244001         PO 00000           Frm 00024              Fmt 4703             Sfmt 4703          E:\FR\FM\31AUN1.SGM                         31AUN1


                                               44586                              Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 170 / Friday, August 31, 2018 / Notices

                                                 2 NMFS    marine mammal stock assessment reports online at: www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/sars/. CV is coefficient of variation; Nmin is the minimum estimate of stock abundance.
                                                  3 These values, found in NMFS’s SARs, represent annual levels of human-caused mortality plus serious injury from all sources combined (e.g., commercial fisheries, ship strike). Annual M/SI
                                               often cannot be determined precisely and is in some cases presented as a minimum value or range. A CV associated with estimated mortality due to commercial fisheries is presented in some
                                               cases.
                                                  4 Carretta et al. 2017.
                                                  5 Jefferson et al. 2015.
                                                  6 Muto et al. 2017.
                                                  7 IWC 2018.
                                                  8 Central and Eastern North Pacific (Hakamada and Matsuoka 2015a).
                                                  9 Ohsumi and Wada, 1974.
                                                  10 Whitehead 2002.
                                                  11 Barlow and Taylor 2005.
                                                  12 Wade and Gerrodette 1993.
                                                  13 Western Pacific Ocean (Okamura et al. 2012).
                                                  14 ETP (Gerrodette and Forcada 2002 in Hammond et al. 2008b).
                                                  15 Gerrodette et al. 2008.
                                                  16 North Pacific (Miyashita 1993b).
                                                  17 Carretta et al. 2018.
                                                  18 Western North Pacific (Miyashita 1993a).
                                                  19 Ford 2009.
                                                  20 Buckland et al. 1993.
                                                  21 Lowry et al. 2014.
                                                  Note:—Italicized species are not expected to be taken or authorized for take.



                                                  All species that could potentially                           (www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/species/                                   feeding, or sheltering (Level B
                                               occur in the planned survey area are                            mammals/) for generalized species                                harassment).
                                               included in Table 1. With the exception                         accounts.                                                           Authorized takes would primarily be
                                               of Steller sea lions, these species or                                                                                           by Level B harassment, as use of seismic
                                                                                                               Potential Effects of Specified Activities                        airguns has the potential to result in
                                               stocks temporally and spatially co-occur
                                                                                                               on Marine Mammals and Their Habitat                              disruption of behavioral patterns for
                                               with the activity to the degree that take
                                               is reasonably likely to occur. However,                            The effects of underwater noise from                          individual marine mammals. There is
                                               the temporal and/or spatial occurrence                          marine geophysical survey activities                             also some potential for auditory injury
                                               of Steller sea lions is such that take is                       have the potential to result in behavioral                       (Level A harassment) for mysticetes and
                                               not expected to occur, and they are not                         harassment and, in a limited number of                           high frequency cetaceans (i.e., kogiidae
                                               discussed further beyond the                                    instances, auditory injury (PTS) of                              spp.), due to larger predicted auditory
                                               explanation provided here. The Steller                          marine mammals in the vicinity of the                            injury zones for those functional hearing
                                               sea lion occurs along the North Pacific                         action area. The Federal Register notice                         groups. The required mitigation and
                                               Rim from northern Japan to California                           of proposed IHA (83 FR 30480; June 28,                           monitoring measures are expected to
                                               (Loughlin et al. 1984). They are                                2018) included a discussion of the                               minimize the severity of such taking to
                                               distributed around the coasts to the                            effects of anthropogenic noise on marine                         the extent practicable.
                                               outer shelf from northern Japan through                                                                                             Auditory injury is unlikely to occur
                                                                                                               mammals and their habitat, therefore
                                               the Kuril Islands and Okhotsk Sea,                                                                                               for mid-frequency species given very
                                                                                                               that information is not repeated here;
                                               through the Aleutian Islands, central                                                                                            small modeled zones of injury for those
                                                                                                               please refer to that Federal Register
                                               Bering Sea, southern Alaska, and south                                                                                           species (13.6 m). Moreover, the source
                                                                                                               notice for that information. No instances
                                               to California (NMFS 2016c). There is                                                                                             level of the array is a theoretical
                                                                                                               of serious injury or mortality are
                                               little information available on at-sea                                                                                           definition assuming a point source and
                                                                                                               expected as a result of L–DEO’s survey
                                               occurrence of Steller sea lions in the                                                                                           measurement in the far-field of the
                                                                                                               activities.
                                               northwestern Pacific Ocean. The                                                                                                  source (MacGillivray, 2006). As
                                               Emperor Seamounts survey area is                                Estimated Take                                                   described by Caldwell and Dragoset
                                               roughly 1,200 kilometers away from the                                                                                           (2000), an array is not a point source,
                                               Aleutian Islands in waters 2,000 to more                           This section provides an estimate of                          but one that spans a small area. In the
                                               than 5,000 meters deep. Steller sea lions                       the number of incidental takes                                   far-field, individual elements in arrays
                                               are unlikely to occur in the offshore                           authorized through this IHA, which will                          will effectively work as one source
                                               survey area based on their known                                inform both NMFS’ consideration of                               because individual pressure peaks will
                                               distributional range and habitat                                whether the number of takes is ‘‘small’’                         have coalesced into one relatively broad
                                               preference. Therefore, it is extremely                          and the negligible impact                                        pulse. The array can then be considered
                                               unlikely that Steller sea lions would be                        determination. As described in detail                            a ‘‘point source.’’ For distances within
                                               exposed to the stressors associated with                        below, modifications have been made to                           the near-field, i.e., approximately 2–3
                                               seismic activities and will not be                              several take estimates based on                                  times the array dimensions, pressure
                                               discussed further.                                              recommendations from the public                                  peaks from individual elements do not
                                                  A detailed description of the of the                         regarding density or occurrence of                               arrive simultaneously because the
                                               species likely to be affected by the                            certain marine mammal species or                                 observation point is not equidistant
                                               planned project, including brief                                stocks.                                                          from each element. The effect is
                                               introductions to the species and                                   Harassment is the only type of take                           destructive interference of the outputs
                                               relevant stocks as well as available                            expected to result from these activities.                        of each element, so that peak pressures
                                               information regarding population trends                         Except with respect to certain activities                        in the near-field will be significantly
                                               and threats, and information regarding                          not pertinent here, section 3(18) of the                         lower than the output of the largest
                                               local occurrence, were provided in the                          MMPA defines ‘‘harassment’’ as: any act                          individual element. Here, the 230 dB
                                               Federal Register notice for the proposed                        of pursuit, torment, or annoyance which                          peak isopleth distances would in all
                                               IHA (83 FR 30480; June 28, 2018); since                         (i) has the potential to injure a marine                         cases be expected to be within the near-
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES




                                               that time, we are not aware of any                              mammal or marine mammal stock in the                             field of the array where the definition of
                                               changes in the status of these species                          wild (Level A harassment); or (ii) has                           source level breaks down. Therefore,
                                               and stocks; therefore, detailed                                 the potential to disturb a marine                                actual locations within this distance of
                                               descriptions are not provided here.                             mammal or marine mammal stock in the                             the array center where the sound level
                                               Please refer to that Federal Register                           wild by causing disruption of behavioral                         exceeds 230 dB peak SPL would not
                                               notice for these descriptions. Please also                      patterns, including, but not limited to,                         necessarily exist. In general, Caldwell
                                               refer to NMFS’ website                                          migration, breathing, nursing, breeding,                         and Dragoset (2000) suggest that the


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014      18:42 Aug 30, 2018     Jkt 244001    PO 00000      Frm 00025     Fmt 4703    Sfmt 4703     E:\FR\FM\31AUN1.SGM         31AUN1


                                                                                Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 170 / Friday, August 31, 2018 / Notices                                                                 44587

                                               near-field for airgun arrays is considered                    Level B Harassment for non-explosive                         for Assessing the Effects of
                                               to extend out to approximately 250 m.                       sources—Though significantly driven by                         Anthropogenic Sound on Marine
                                                  As described previously, no mortality                    received level, the onset of behavioral                        Mammal Hearing (NMFS, 2016)
                                               is anticipated or authorized for this                       disturbance from anthropogenic noise                           identifies dual criteria to assess auditory
                                               activity. Below we describe how the                         exposure is also informed to varying                           injury (Level A harassment) to five
                                               take is estimated.                                          degrees by other factors related to the                        different marine mammal groups (based
                                                  Described in the most basic way, we                      source (e.g., frequency, predictability,                       on hearing sensitivity) as a result of
                                               estimate take by considering: (1)                           duty cycle), the environment (e.g.,                            exposure to noise from two different
                                               Acoustic thresholds above which NMFS                        bathymetry), and the receiving animals                         types of sources (impulsive or non-
                                               believes the best available science                         (hearing, motivation, experience,
                                                                                                                                                                          impulsive). The Technical Guidance
                                               indicates marine mammals will be                            demography, behavioral context) and
                                               behaviorally harassed or incur some                                                                                        identifies the received levels, or
                                                                                                           can be difficult to predict (Southall et
                                               degree of permanent hearing                                 al., 2007, Ellison et al. 2012). Based on                      thresholds, above which individual
                                               impairment; (2) the area or volume of                       the best available science and the                             marine mammals are predicted to
                                               water that will be ensonified above                         practical need to use a threshold based                        experience changes in their hearing
                                               these levels in a day; (3) the density or                   on a factor that is both predictable and                       sensitivity for all underwater
                                               occurrence of marine mammals within                         measurable for most activities, NMFS                           anthropogenic sound sources, reflects
                                               these ensonified areas; and (4) and the                     uses a generalized acoustic threshold                          the best available science, and better
                                               number of days of activities. Below, we                     based on received level to estimate the                        predicts the potential for auditory injury
                                               describe these components in more                           onset of behavioral harassment. NMFS                           than does NMFS’ historical criteria.
                                               detail and present the exposure estimate                    predicts that marine mammals are likely                          These thresholds were developed by
                                               and associated numbers of authorized                        to be behaviorally harassed in a manner                        compiling and synthesizing the best
                                               takes.                                                      we consider to fall under Level B                              available science and soliciting input
                                                                                                           harassment when exposed to                                     multiple times from both the public and
                                               Acoustic Thresholds                                         underwater anthropogenic noise above
                                                 Using the best available science,                                                                                        peer reviewers to inform the final
                                                                                                           received levels of 160 dB re 1 mPa (rms)
                                               NMFS has developed acoustic                                                                                                product, and are provided in Table 2
                                                                                                           for non-explosive impulsive (e.g.,
                                               thresholds that identify the received                       seismic airguns) sources. L–DEO’s                              below. The references, analysis, and
                                               level of underwater sound above which                       activity includes the use of impulsive                         methodology used in the development
                                               exposed marine mammals would be                             seismic sources. Therefore, the 160 dB                         of the thresholds are described in NMFS
                                               reasonably expected to be behaviorally                      re 1 mPa (rms) criteria is applicable for                      2016 Technical Guidance. As described
                                               harassed (equated to Level B                                analysis of level B harassment.                                above, L–DEO’s activity includes the
                                               harassment) or to incur PTS of some                           Level A harassment for non-explosive                         use of intermittent and impulsive
                                               degree (equated to Level A harassment).                     sources—NMFS’ Technical Guidance                               seismic sources.

                                                          TABLE 2—THRESHOLDS IDENTIFYING THE ONSET OF PERMANENT THRESHOLD SHIFT IN MARINE MAMMALS
                                                                                                                                                                   PTS onset thresholds
                                                                           Hearing group
                                                                                                                                                            Impulsive *                                         Non-impulsive

                                               Low-Frequency (LF) Cetaceans .............................................   Lpk,flat: 219 dB; LE,LF,24h: 183 dB ...........................................   LE,LF,24h: 199 dB.
                                               Mid-Frequency (MF) Cetaceans .............................................   Lpk,flat: 230 dB; LE,MF,24h: 185 dB ..........................................    LE,MF,24h: 198 dB.
                                               High-Frequency (HF) Cetaceans ...........................................    Lpk,flat: 202 dB; LE,HF,24h: 155 dB ...........................................   LE,HF,24h: 173 dB.
                                               Phocid Pinnipeds (PW) (Underwater) ....................................      Lpk,flat: 218 dB; LE,PW,24h: 185 dB ..........................................    LE,PW,24h: 201 dB.
                                               Otariid Pinnipeds (OW) (Underwater) ....................................     Lpk,flat: 232 dB; LE,OW,24h: 203 dB ..........................................    LE,OW,24h: 219 dB.
                                                  Note: * Dual metric acoustic thresholds for impulsive sounds: Use whichever results in the largest isopleth for calculating PTS onset. If a non-
                                               impulsive sound has the potential of exceeding the peak sound pressure level thresholds associated with impulsive sounds, these thresholds
                                               should also be considered.
                                                  Note: Peak sound pressure (Lpk) has a reference value of 1 μPa, and cumulative sound exposure level (LE) has a reference value of 1μPa2s.
                                               In this Table, thresholds are abbreviated to reflect American National Standards Institute standards (ANSI 2013). However, peak sound pressure
                                               is defined by ANSI as incorporating frequency weighting, which is not the intent for this Technical Guidance. Hence, the subscript ‘‘flat’’ is being
                                               included to indicate peak sound pressure should be flat weighted or unweighted within the generalized hearing range. The subscript associated
                                               with cumulative sound exposure level thresholds indicates the designated marine mammal auditory weighting function (LF, MF, and HF
                                               cetaceans, and PW and OW pinnipeds) and that the recommended accumulation period is 24 hours. The cumulative sound exposure level
                                               thresholds could be exceeded in a multitude of ways (i.e., varying exposure levels and durations, duty cycle). When possible, it is valuable for
                                               action proponents to indicate the conditions under which these acoustic thresholds will be exceeded.


                                               Ensonified Area                                             12-m tow depth in deep water (≤1000                            measurements of pulses from the 36-
                                                                                                           m) down to a maximum water depth of                            airgun array at a tow depth of 6 m have
                                                 Here, we describe operational and
                                                                                                           2,000 m. Received sound levels were                            been reported in deep water
                                               environmental parameters of the activity
                                               that will feed into estimating the area                     predicted by L–DEO’s model (Diebold et                         (approximately 1,600 m), intermediate
                                               ensonified above the relevant acoustic                      al., 2010) which uses ray tracing for the                      water depth on the slope (approximately
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES




                                               thresholds.                                                 direct wave traveling from the array to                        600–1,100 m), and shallow water
                                                                                                           the receiver and its associated source                         (approximately 50 m) in the Gulf of
                                                 The surveys will acquire data with the
                                               36-airgun array with a total discharge of                   ghost (reflection at the air-water                             Mexico in 2007–2008 (Tolstoy et al.
                                               6,600 in3 at a maximum tow depth of 12                      interface in the vicinity of the array), in                    2009; Diebold et al. 2010).
                                               m. L–DEO model results are used to                          a constant-velocity half-space (infinite                         For deep and intermediate-water
                                               determine the 160-dBrms radius for the                      homogeneous ocean layer, unbounded                             cases, the field measurements cannot be
                                               36-airgun array and 40-in3 airgun at a                      by a seafloor). In addition, propagation                       used readily to derive Level A and Level


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014    18:42 Aug 30, 2018    Jkt 244001   PO 00000     Frm 00026    Fmt 4703     Sfmt 4703    E:\FR\FM\31AUN1.SGM         31AUN1


                                               44588                                  Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 170 / Friday, August 31, 2018 / Notices

                                               B isopleths, as at those sites the                                     12 and 14 in Appendix H of NSF–USGS,                            intermediate water depths (100–1,000
                                               calibration hydrophone was located at a                                2011). Consequently, isopleths falling                          m) were derived from the deep-water
                                               roughly constant depth of 350–500 m,                                   within this domain can be predicted                             ones by applying a correction factor
                                               which may not intersect all the sound                                  reliably by the L–DEO model, although                           (multiplication) of 1.5, such that
                                               pressure level (SPL) isopleths at their                                they may be imperfectly sampled by                              observed levels at very near offsets fall
                                               widest point from the sea surface down                                 measurements recorded at a single                               below the corrected mitigation curve
                                               to the maximum relevant water depth                                    depth. At greater distances, the                                (See Fig. 16 in Appendix H of NSF–
                                               for marine mammals of ∼2,000 m. At                                     calibration data show that seafloor-                            USGS, 2011).
                                               short ranges, where the direct arrivals                                reflected and sub-seafloor-refracted
                                               dominate and the effects of seafloor                                   arrivals dominate, whereas the direct                             Measurements have not been reported
                                               interactions are minimal, the data                                     arrivals become weak and/or                                     for the single 40-in3 airgun. L–DEO
                                               recorded at the deep and slope sites are                               incoherent. Aside from local topography                         model results are used to determine the
                                               suitable for comparison with modeled                                   effects, the region around the critical                         160-dB (rms) radius for the 40-in3
                                               levels at the depth of the calibration                                 distance is where the observed levels                           airgun at a 12 m tow depth in deep
                                               hydrophone. At longer ranges, the                                      rise closest to the model curve.                                water (See LGL 2018, Figure A–2). For
                                               comparison with the model—                                             However, the observed sound levels are                          intermediate-water depths, a correction
                                               constructed from the maximum SPL                                       found to fall almost entirely below the                         factor of 1.5 was applied to the deep-
                                               through the entire water column at                                     model curve. Thus, analysis of the GoM                          water model results.
                                               varying distances from the airgun                                      calibration measurements demonstrates                             L–DEO’s modeling methodology is
                                               array—is the most relevant.                                            that although simple, the L–DEO model                           described in greater detail in the IHA
                                                 In deep and intermediate-water                                       is a robust tool for conservatively
                                               depths, comparisons at short ranges                                                                                                    application (LGL 2018). The estimated
                                                                                                                      estimating isopleths.
                                               between sound levels for direct arrivals                                  For deep water (>1,000 m), L–DEO                             distances to the Level B harassment
                                               recorded by the calibration hydrophone                                 used the deep-water radii obtained from                         isopleth for the Langseth’s 36-airgun
                                               and model results for the same array                                   model results down to a maximum                                 array and single 40-in3 airgun are shown
                                               tow depth are in good agreement (Fig.                                  water depth of 2000 m. The radii for                            in Table 3.

                                                  TABLE 3—PREDICTED RADIAL DISTANCES FROM R/V LANGSETH SEISMIC SOURCE TO ISOPLETHS CORRESPONDING TO
                                                                                    LEVEL B HARASSMENT THRESHOLD
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Predicted distances
                                                                                                                                                                                  Tow depth       Water depth       (in m) to the
                                                                                                Source and volume                                                                    (m)             (m)          160-dB received
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     sound level

                                               Single Bolt airgun, 40 in 3 ....................................................................................................            12           >1,000                 1 431

                                                                                                                                                                                                     100–1,000                 2 647

                                               4 strings, 36 airguns, 6,600 in 3 ...........................................................................................               12           >1,000               1 6,733

                                                                                                                                                                                                     100–1,000              2 10,100

                                                  1 Distance     is based on L–DEO model results.
                                                  2 Distance     is based on L–DEO model results with a 1.5 × correction factor between deep and intermediate water depths.


                                                 Predicted distances to Level A                                       weighting functions in the new SELcum                           short ranges, distances <1 km), the
                                               harassment isopleths, which vary based                                 thresholds, NMFS developed an                                   pulses of sound pressure from each
                                               on marine mammal hearing groups,                                       optional User Spreadsheet that includes                         individual airgun in the source array do
                                               were calculated based on modeling                                      tools to help predict a simple isopleth                         not stack constructively, as they do for
                                               performed by L–DEO using the                                           that can be used in conjunction with                            the theoretical farfield signature. The
                                               NUCLEUS software program and the                                       marine mammal density or occurrence                             pulses from the different airguns spread
                                               NMFS User Spreadsheet, described                                       to facilitate the estimation of take                            out in time such that the source levels
                                               below. The updated acoustic thresholds                                 numbers.                                                        observed or modeled are the result of
                                               for impulsive sounds (e.g., airguns)                                     The values for SELcum and peak SPL                            the summation of pulses from a few
                                               contained in the Technical Guidance                                    for the Langseth airgun array were                              airguns, not the full array (Tolstoy et al.
                                               were presented as dual metric acoustic                                 derived from calculating the modified                           2009). At larger distances, away from
                                               thresholds using both SELcum and peak                                  farfield signature (Table 4). The farfield                      the source array center, sound pressure
                                               sound pressure metrics (NMFS 2016).                                    signature is often used as a theoretical                        of all the airguns in the array stack
                                               As dual metrics, NMFS considers onset                                  representation of the source level. To                          coherently, but not within one time
                                               of PTS (Level A harassment) to have                                    compute the farfield signature, the                             sample, resulting in smaller source
                                               occurred when either one of the two                                    source level is estimated at a large                            levels (a few dB) than the source level
                                               metrics is exceeded (i.e., metric                                      distance below the array (e.g., 9 km),                          derived from the farfield signature.
                                               resulting in the largest isopleth). The                                and this level is back projected                                Because the farfield signature does not
                                               SELcum metric considers both level and                                 mathematically to a notional distance of                        take into account the large array effect
                                               duration of exposure, as well as                                       1 m from the array’s geometrical center.                        near the source and is calculated as a
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES




                                               auditory weighting functions by marine                                 However, when the source is an array of                         point source, the modified farfield
                                               mammal hearing group. In recognition                                   multiple airguns separated in space, the                        signature is a more appropriate measure
                                               of the fact that the requirement to                                    source level from the theoretical farfield                      of the sound source level for distributed
                                               calculate Level A harassment ensonified                                signature is not necessarily the best                           sound sources, such as airgun arrays. L–
                                               areas could be more technically                                        measurement of the source level that is                         DEO used the acoustic modeling
                                               challenging to predict due to the                                      physically achieved at the source                               methodology as used for Level B
                                               duration component and the use of                                      (Tolstoy et al. 2009). Near the source (at                      harassment with a small grid step of 1


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014        18:42 Aug 30, 2018       Jkt 244001      PO 00000       Frm 00027      Fmt 4703      Sfmt 4703      E:\FR\FM\31AUN1.SGM    31AUN1


                                                                                      Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 170 / Friday, August 31, 2018 / Notices                                               44589

                                               m in both the inline and depth                                   source, including interactions between                software to calculate the pressure signal
                                               directions. The propagation modeling                             subarrays which are modeled using the                 at each mesh point of a grid.
                                               takes into account all airgun                                    NUCLEUS software to estimate the
                                               interactions at short distances from the                         notional signature and MATLAB

                                                   TABLE 4—MODELED SOURCE LEVELS BASED ON MODIFIED FARFIELD SIGNATURE FOR THE R/V LANGSETH 6,600 in3
                                                                               AIRGUN ARRAY, AND SINGLE 40 in3 AIRGUN
                                                                                                                                                             High                Phocid                 Otariid
                                                                                                     Low frequency           Mid frequency               frequency              pinnipeds             pinnipeds
                                                                                                       cetaceans               cetaceans                 cetaceans            (underwater)          (underwater)
                                                                                                    (Lpk,flat: 219 dB;      (Lpk,flat: 230 dB;        (Lpk,flat: 202 dB;    (Lpk,flat: 218 dB;    (Lpk,flat: 232 dB;
                                                                                                   LE,LF,24h: 183 dB)      LE,MF,24h: 185 dB)        LE,HF,24h: 155 dB)    LE,HF,24h: 185 dB)    LE,HF,24h: 203 dB)

                                               6,600 in 3 airgun array (Peak
                                                 SPLflat) ......................................                252.06                   252.65                   253.24                252.25               252.52
                                               6,600 in 3 airgun array (SELcum) ..                              232.98                   232.83                   233.08                232.83               232.07
                                               40 in 3 airgun (Peak SPLflat) ........                           223.93                     N.A.                   223.92                223.95                 N.A.
                                               40 in 3 airgun (SELcum) ................                         202.99                   202.89                   204.37                202.89               202.35



                                                  In order to more realistically                                incorporated within the User                          Table 5. User Spreadsheets used by
                                               incorporate the Technical Guidance’s                             Spreadsheet (i.e., to override the                    L–DEO to estimate distances to Level A
                                               weighting functions over the seismic                             Spreadsheet’s more simple weighting                   harassment isopleths for the 36-airgun
                                               array’s full acoustic band, unweighted                           factor adjustment). Using the User                    array and single 40 in3 airgun for the
                                               spectrum data for the Langseth’s airgun                          Spreadsheet’s ‘‘safe distance’’                       surveys are shown is Tables A–2, A–3,
                                               array (modeled in 1 hertz (Hz) bands)                            methodology for mobile sources                        A–5, and A–8 in Appendix A of the IHA
                                               was used to make adjustments (dB) to                             (described by Sivle et al., 2014) with the            application (LGL 2018). Outputs from
                                               the unweighted spectrum levels, by                               hearing group-specific weighted source                the User Spreadsheets in the form of
                                               frequency, according to the weighting                            levels, and inputs assuming spherical                 estimated distances to Level A
                                               functions for each relevant marine                               spreading propagation and source                      harassment isopleths for the surveys are
                                               mammal hearing group. These adjusted/                            velocities and shot intervals specific to             shown in Table 5. As described above,
                                               weighted spectrum levels were then                               each of the three planned surveys (Table              NMFS considers onset of PTS (Level A
                                               converted to pressures (mPa) in order to                         1), potential radial distances to auditory
                                               integrate them over the entire                                                                                         harassment) to have occurred when
                                                                                                                injury zones were then calculated for
                                               broadband spectrum, resulting in                                                                                       either one of the dual metrics (SELcum
                                                                                                                SELcum thresholds.
                                               broadband weighted source levels by                                Inputs to the User Spreadsheets in the              and Peak SPLflat) is exceeded (i.e.,
                                               hearing group that could be directly                             form of estimated SLs are shown in                    metric resulting in the largest isopleth).

                                                  TABLE 5—MODELED RADIAL DISTANCES (m) TO ISOPLETHS CORRESPONDING TO LEVEL A HARASSMENT THRESHOLDS
                                                                                                                                                             High                Phocid                 Otariid
                                                                                                     Low frequency           Mid frequency               frequency              pinnipeds             pinnipeds
                                                                                                       cetaceans               cetaceans                 cetaceans            (underwater)          (underwater)
                                                                                                    (Lpk,flat: 219 dB;      (Lpk,flat: 230 dB;        (Lpk,flat: 202 dB;    (Lpk,flat: 218 dB;    (Lpk,flat: 232 dB;
                                                                                                   LE,LF,24h: 183 dB)      LE,MF,24h: 185 dB)        LE,HF,24h: 155 dB)    LE,HF,24h: 185 dB)    LE,HF,24h: 203 dB)

                                               6,600 in 3 airgun array (Peak
                                                 SPLflat) ......................................                  45.0                       13.6                 364.75                  51.6                  10.6
                                               6,600 in 3 airgun array (SELcum) ..                               320.2                       N.A.                      1                  10.4                  N.A.
                                               40 in 3 airgun (Peak SPLflat) ........                             1.76                       N.A.                   12.5                  1.98                  N.A.
                                               40 in 3 airgun (SELcum) ................                            0.5                       N.A.                   N.A.                  N.A.                  N.A.



                                                 Note that because of some of the                               if the sound source traveled by the                   sperm whale, and spinner dolphin,
                                               assumptions included in the methods                              animal in a straight line at a constant               densities from Barlow et al. (2009) were
                                               used, isopleths produced may be                                  speed.                                                used because densities were not
                                               overestimates to some degree, which                                                                                    provided by Bradford et al. (2017).
                                                                                                                Marine Mammal Occurrence
                                               will ultimately result in some degree of                                                                               Densities for striped dolphin and
                                               overestimate of Level A harassment.                                 In this section we provide the                     Fraser’s dolphins were revised based on
                                               However, these tools offer the best way                          information about the presence, density,              input from the Commission. As noted
                                               to predict appropriate isopleths when                            or group dynamics of marine mammals                   previously, NMFS had divided the
                                               more sophisticated modeling methods                              that will inform the take calculations.               unidentified Mesoplodon species’
                                               are not available, and NMFS continues                            The best available scientific information             density of 1.89 animals/1,000 km2 from
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES




                                               to develop ways to quantitatively refine                         was considered in conducting marine                   Bradford et al. (2017) by three. For this
                                               these tools and will qualitatively                               mammal exposure estimates (the basis                  notice, NMFS NMFS assumed that each
                                               address the output where appropriate.                            for estimating take).                                 species of those species could have a
                                               For mobile sources, such as the planned                             In the planned survey area in the                  density of 1.89 animals/1,000 km2. For
                                               seismic survey, the User Spreadsheet                             Hawaiian EEZ, densities from Bradford                 the humpback, sei, minke, and killer
                                               predicts the closest distance at which a                         et al. (2017) were used, when available.              whales, the calculated take was
                                               stationary animal would not incur PTS                            For the pygmy sperm whale, dwarf                      increased to mean group size.


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014        18:42 Aug 30, 2018       Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00028   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\31AUN1.SGM   31AUN1


                                               44590                         Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 170 / Friday, August 31, 2018 / Notices

                                                  For Hawaiian monk seals, NMFS                        Military Operations, the Navy modelled                of the necessary information to calculate
                                               followed the methods used by the U.S.                   densities for a designated mission area               densities. L–DEO used densities for
                                               Navy (Navy 2017a) to determine                          northeast of Japan during the summer                  their Block 9N which coincides with the
                                               densities. The U.S. Navy calculated                     season. These values were used for the                planned Emperor Seamounts survey
                                               density of Hawaiian monk seal for three                 North Pacific right whale, sei whale, fin             area. The density for each survey period
                                               areas: The Main Hawaiian Islands in                     whale, sperm whale, Cuvier’s beaked                   was weighted by the number of years in
                                               waters less than 200 meters, the                        whale, Stejneger’s beaked whale, and                  the survey period; that is, 14 years for
                                               Northwest Hawaiian Islands in waters                    Baird’s beaked whale.                                 Matsuoka et al. (2009) and 7 years for
                                               less than 200 meters, and waters 200                       For northern right whale dolphin,                  Hakamada and Matsuoka (2015), to
                                               meters deep to the Hawaiian EEZ                         Dall’s porpoise, and northern fur seal,               obtain a final density for the 21-year
                                               boundary.                                               L–DEO used densities from Buckland et                 period. For minke whales L–DEO used
                                                  The 200 meter isobath was selected as                al. (1993). Forney and Wade (2006)                    the estimates of numbers of whales in
                                               a boundary because of information                       reported a density of 0.3/100 km2 for                 survey blocks overlapping the Emperor
                                               related to Hawaiian monk seal foraging                  killer whales at latitudes 43–48 °N                   Seamounts survey area from Hakamada
                                               behavior that came out of the final rule                where the planned survey would be                     et al. (2009); densities were estimated
                                               for designated critical habitat. Ninety-                conducted. Although Miyashita (1993)                  by dividing the number of whales in
                                               eight percent of recorded dives were                    published data on the abundance of                    Block 9N by the area of Block 9N. For
                                               within the 200-meter isobath in the                     striped, Pantropical spotted, bottlenose,             gray whales, NMFS used a paper by
                                               Main Hawaiian Islands this depth                        and Risso’s dolphins, and false killer                Rugh et al. (2005) that looked at
                                               boundary was considered sufficient for                  and short-finned pilot whales in the                  abundance of eastern DPS gray whales.
                                               foraging habitat for adults and juveniles.              Northwest Pacific Ocean as far north as               The paper provides mean group sizes
                                               The area around the Main Hawaiian                       41°N, the distributional range of the                 for their surveys, which ranged from 1
                                               Islands to the 200-meter isobath was                    Pantropical spotted and bottlenose                    to 2 individuals. For purposes of
                                               estimated to be 6,630 km2 (6,142 km2 in                 dolphins does not extend as far north as              estimating exposures we will assume
                                               the Northwest Hawaiian Islands). The                    the planned survey area. For the other                that the western DPS group sizes would
                                               area from the 200-meter isobath to the                  species, we used data from 40–41°N,                   not vary greatly from the eastern DPS.
                                               Hawaiian EEZ is estimated to be                         160–180°E to calculate densities and                  As such, NMFS assumes that there will
                                               2,461,994 km2. The U.S. Navy also                       estimate the numbers of individuals that              be two western DPS gray whales Level
                                               assumed that 90 percent of the                          could be exposed to seismic sounds                    B takes, based on mean group size.
                                               population would occur inside the 200-                  during the survey. Risso’s dolphin, false                Finally, no northern elephant seals
                                               meter isobath.                                          killer whale, and short-finned pilot                  have been reported during any of the
                                                  The U.S. Navy used the following                     whale are expected to be rare in the                  above surveys although Buckland et al.
                                               calculation to estimate density:                        survey area, and the calculated densities             (1993) estimated fur seal abundance
                                                                                                       were zero. Thus, we used the mean                     during their surveys. Telemetry studies,
                                               [(number of seals * percent of the
                                                                                                       group size from Bradford et al. (2017)                however, indicate that elephant seals do
                                                    population in or out of the 200-m)/
                                                                                                       for Risso’s dolphin and short-finned                  forage as far west as the Emperor
                                                    200-m area] * In-water factor
                                                                                                       pilot whale, and the mean group size of               Seamounts survey area. Here, L–DEO
                                                  By applying the U.S. Navy’s                          false killer whales from Barlow (2006).               assumed a density of 0.00831/1000 km2,
                                               methodology using updated population                       The short-beaked common dolphin is                 which is 10% of that used by LGL
                                               estimates for the 2017 stock assessment                 expected to be rare in the Emperor                    Limited (2017) for an area off the west
                                               report for the U.S. Pacific (Carretta et al.            Seamounts survey area; thus, there are                coast of the U.S. However, densities of
                                               2018) and haul-out factors, we can                      no density estimates available. L–DEO                 northern elephant seals in the region are
                                               estimate Hawaiian monk seal density.                    used the mean group size (rounded up)                 expected to be much less than densities
                                               NMFS had used older abundance data                      for the California Current from Barlow                of northern fur seals. For species that
                                               in the proposed notice.                                 (2016). The density of Bryde’s whale in               are unlikely to occur in the survey area,
                                               Main Hawaiian Islands inside 200 m                      the planned survey area was assumed to                such as ribbon seals, exposures are set
                                                    isobath                                            be zero, based on information from                    at 5 individuals. Densities for animals in
                                               [(145 seals * 0.90)/6,630 km2] * 0.68 =                 Hakamada et al. (2009, 2017) and                      Emperor Seamounts are shown in Table
                                                    0.0134 seals/km2                                   Forney et al. (2015); its known                       8.
                                               Northwest Hawaiian Islands inside 200                   distribution range does not appear to
                                                    m isobath                                          extend that far north. For this species,              Take Calculation and Estimation
                                               [(1,179 seals * 0.90)/6,142 km2] * 0.68                 L–DEO rounded up the mean group size                    Here we describe how the information
                                                    = 0. 1175 seals/km2                                from Bradford et al. (2017). For pygmy                provided above is brought together to
                                               Hawaiian EEZ                                            and dwarf sperm whales, NMFS                          produce a quantitative take estimate. In
                                               [(1,324 * 0.10)/2,461,994 km2] * 0.68 =                 assumed densities in the Emperor                      order to estimate the number of marine
                                                    0.000037 seals/km2                                 Seamounts would be equivalent to those                mammals predicted to be exposed to
                                                  Based on where the action will occur,                in the Hawaii survey are and used                     sound levels that would result in Level
                                               it NMFS utilized the density estimate                   densities from Bradford et al. 2017.                  A harassment or Level B harassment,
                                               for the Hawaiian EEZ.                                      The densities for the remaining                    radial distances from the airgun array to
                                                  There are very few published data on                 species were obtained from calculations               predicted isopleths corresponding to the
                                               the densities of cetaceans or pinnipeds                 using data from the papers presented to               Level A harassment and Level B
                                               in the Emperor Seamounts area, so                       the IWC. For blue and humpback                        harassment thresholds are calculated, as
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES




                                               NMFS relied on a range of sources to                    whales, L–DEO used a weighted mean                    described above. Those radial distances
                                               establish marine mammal densities. As                   density from Matsuoka et al. (2009) for               are then used to calculate the area(s)
                                               part of the Navy’s Final Supplemental                   the years 1994–2007 and Hakamada and                  around the airgun array predicted to be
                                               Environmental Impact Statement/                         Matsuoka (2015) for the years 2008–                   ensonified to sound levels that exceed
                                               Supplemental Overseas Environmental                     2014. L–DEO used Matsuoka et al.                      the Level A harassment and Level B
                                               Impact Statement for SURTASS LFA                        (2009) instead of Matsuoka et al. (2015),             harassment thresholds. The area
                                               Sonar Routine Training, Testing, and                    as the later document did not contain all             estimated to be ensonified in a single


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:42 Aug 30, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00029   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\31AUN1.SGM   31AUN1


                                                                                           Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 170 / Friday, August 31, 2018 / Notices                                                                                                                        44591

                                               day of active seismic operations is then                                         to avoid double counting the animals                                                  contingency factor. Active seismic
                                               calculated (Table 6) based on the areas                                          taken (i.e., if an animal is taken by Level                                           operations are planned for 13 days at
                                               predicted to be ensonified around the                                            A harassment, it is not also counted as                                               Emperor Seamounts and 19 days at
                                               array and the estimated trackline                                                taken by Level B harassment). The daily                                               Hawaii. Therefore, the number of survey
                                               distance traveled per day. For purposes                                          ensonified areas are multiplied by                                                    days is increased to 16 in the Emperor
                                               of Level B take calculations, areas                                              density estimates for each species to                                                 Seamounts and 24 in Hawaii area.
                                               estimated to be ensonified to Level A                                            arrive at a daily exposure rate. The daily                                            Estimated exposures for the Hawaii
                                               harassment thresholds are subtracted                                             exposure rate is subsequently                                                         survey and the Emperor Seamounts
                                               from areas estimated to be ensonified to                                         multiplied by the number of planned                                                   survey are shown respectively in Table
                                               Level B harassment thresholds in order                                           survey days plus a 25 percent                                                         7 and Table 8.

                                                TABLE 6—AREAS (km2) ESTIMATED TO BE ENSONIFIED TO LEVEL A AND LEVEL B HARASSMENT THRESHOLDS, PER DAY
                                                                             FOR HAWAII AND EMPEROR SEAMOUNTS SURVEYS

                                                                                                                                                                                         Daily                                                    Total survey                      Relevant
                                                                                                                                                                                       ensonified                     Planned                        days
                                                                              Survey                                                            Criteria                                                                                                                            isopleth
                                                                                                                                                                                          area                      survey days                      (25%                             (m)
                                                                                                                                                                                         (km2)                                                     increase)

                                                                                                                                                          Hawaii Level B

                                               Multi-depth line (intermediate water) ..............                           160    dB     ................................                      538.5                                12                             15                     10,100
                                               Multi-depth line (deep water) ..........................                       160    dB     ................................                     2349.8                                12                             15                      6,733
                                               Multi-depth line (total) .....................................                 160    dB     ................................                     2888.2                                12                             15                      6,733
                                               Deep-water line ...............................................                160    dB     ................................                     2566.3                                 7                              9                      6,733

                                                                                                                                                         Hawaii Level A 1

                                               Hawaii .............................................................           LF Cetacean .......................                                 115.6                                19                             24                       320.2
                                                                                                                              MF Cetacean ......................                                    4.9                                19                             24                        13.6
                                                                                                                              HF Cetacean ......................                                   96.8                                19                             24                       268.3
                                                                                                                              Phocid ................................                              15.7                                19                             24                        43.7

                                                                                                                                              Emperor Seamounts Level B

                                               Emperor Seamounts .......................................                      160 dB ................................                            2566.3                                13                             16                       6,733

                                                                                                                                            Emperor Seamounts Level A 1

                                               Emperor Seamounts .......................................                      LF Cetacean .......................                                 115.6                                13                             16                       320.2
                                                                                                                              MF Cetacean ......................                                    4.9                                13                             16                        13.6
                                                                                                                              HF Cetacean ......................                                   96.8                                13                             16                       268.3
                                                                                                                              Phocid ................................                              15.7                                13                             16                        43.7
                                                                                                                              Otariid .................................                             3.8                                13                             16                        10.6
                                                  1 Level     A ensonified areas are estimated based on the greater of the distances calculated to Level A isopleths using dual criteria (SELcum and
                                               peakSPL).


                                                  TABLE 7—DENSITIES, EXPOSURES, PERCENTAGE OF STOCK OR POPULATION EXPOSED, AND NUMBER OF AUTHORIZED
                                                                                      TAKES DURING HAWAII SURVEY
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              Percentage                          Authorized takes
                                                                                                                                                                         Density                      Total
                                                                    Species                                                      Stock                                                                                         of stock/
                                                                                                                                                                      (#/1,000 km2)                 exposures                 population                    Level A                    Level B

                                               Humpback whale .................................          Central North Pacific ...........................            ........................                      42                     <0.01                             0                          2
                                                                                                         Western North Pacific .........................              ........................                      0.2     ........................   ........................   ........................
                                               Minke whale .........................................     Hawaii .................................................                         30                        41                     <0.01                             0                          1
                                               Bryde’s whale ......................................      Hawaii .................................................                    1 0.72                         47                         2.8                           2                        45
                                               Sei whale .............................................   Hawaii .................................................                    1 0.16                         11                         6.2                           0                        11
                                               Fin whale .............................................   Hawaii .................................................                    1 0.06                           4                        2.7                           0                          4
                                               Blue whale ...........................................    Central North Pacific ...........................                           1 0.05                           5                        3.9                           0                          5

                                                                                                                                                              Odontocetes

                                               Sperm whale .......................................       Hawaii .................................................                   1 1.86                         123                        2.7                            0                      123
                                               Pygmy sperm whale ............................            Hawaii .................................................                   2 2.91                         191                        2.8                            7                      184
                                               Dwarf sperm whale ..............................          Hawaii .................................................                   2 7.14                         470                        2.8                          16                       454
                                               Cuvier’s beaked whale ........................            Hawaii pelagic .....................................                       1 0.30                           20                       2.8                            0                        20
                                               Longman’s beaked whale ....................               Hawaii .................................................                   1 3.11                         205                        2.7                            0                      205
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES




                                               Blainville’s beaked whale ....................            Hawaii pelagic .....................................                       1 0.86                           57                       2.7                            0                        57
                                               Ginkgo-toothed beaked whale .............                 N/A ......................................................                 6 1.89                         124                        0.5                            0                      124
                                               Deraniygala’s beaked whale ...............                N/A ......................................................                 6 1.89                         124                        0.5                            0                      124
                                               Hubb’s beaked whale ..........................            N/A ......................................................                 6 1.89                         124                        0.5                            0                      124
                                               Rough-toothed dolphin ........................            Hawaii .................................................                 1 29.63                       1,949                         2.7                            0                   1,949
                                               Common bottlenose dolphin ................                HI Pelagic ............................................                     1 8.99                        592                      7 2.7                            0                      592
                                                                                                         Oahu ...................................................     ........................   ........................                     1.2      ........................   ........................
                                                                                                         HI Islands ............................................      ........................   ........................                     7.0      ........................   ........................
                                               Pantropical spotted dolphin .................             HI Pelagic ............................................                   1 23.32                      1,534                       8 2.6                            0                   1,534



                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014          18:42 Aug 30, 2018           Jkt 244001        PO 00000          Frm 00030         Fmt 4703        Sfmt 4703          E:\FR\FM\31AUN1.SGM                   31AUN1


                                               44592                                       Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 170 / Friday, August 31, 2018 / Notices

                                                  TABLE 7—DENSITIES, EXPOSURES, PERCENTAGE OF STOCK OR POPULATION EXPOSED, AND NUMBER OF AUTHORIZED
                                                                                 TAKES DURING HAWAII SURVEY—Continued
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Percentage                Authorized takes
                                                                                                                                                                       Density                      Total
                                                                    Species                                                     Stock                                                                                      of stock/
                                                                                                                                                                    (#/1,000 km2)                 exposures               population          Level A                    Level B

                                                                                                         Oahu ...................................................   ........................   ........................          N.A.    ........................   ........................
                                                                                                         HI Islands ............................................    ........................   ........................          N.A.    ........................   ........................
                                               Spinner dolphin ...................................       HI Pelagic ............................................                   2 6.99                        460             N.A.                          0                      460
                                                                                                         HI Island ..............................................   ........................   ........................          9 3.8   ........................   ........................
                                                                                                         Oahu/4 island ......................................       ........................   ........................            6.7   ........................   ........................
                                               Striped dolphin ....................................      HI Pelagic ............................................                      1 25                    1,644                0.6                         0                   1,644
                                               Fraser’s dolphin ...................................      Hawaii .................................................                  1 21.0                     1,381                2.7                         0                   1,381
                                               Risso’s dolphin ....................................      Hawaii .................................................                  1 4.74                        312               2.7                         0                      312
                                               Melon-headed whale ...........................            HI Islands ............................................                   1 3.54                        810               8.6                         0                  10 810

                                                                                                         Kohala resident ...................................        ........................   ........................          13.4    ........................   ........................
                                               Pygmy killer whale ...............................        Hawaii .................................................                  1 4.35                        286               2.7                         0                      286
                                               False killer whale .................................      MHI Insular ..........................................                    5 0.09                            5           11.9                          0                    11 20

                                                                                                         HI Pelagic ............................................                   5 0.06                          40              2.6                         0                        40
                                               Killer whale ..........................................   Hawaiian Islands .................................                        1 0.06                          45            2.42                          0                          5
                                               Short-finned pilot whale .......................          Hawaii .................................................                  1 7.97                        524               2.7                         0                      524

                                                                                                                                                              Pinnipeds

                                               Hawaiian monk seal ............................           Hawaii .................................................         3 0.000037                                3            0.22                         0                          3
                                                  1—  Bradford et al. 2017.
                                                  2—Barlow   et al. 2009.
                                                  3—Baker   et al. 2016.
                                                  4—Requested take authorization (Level B only) increased to mean group size from Mobley et al. 2001.
                                                  5—Bradford et al. 2015.
                                                  6—From Bradford et al. (2017) for ‘Unidentified Mesoplodon’.
                                                  7—Assumes 98.5 percent of takes are from Hawaii pelagic stock (588) with remaining 1 percent from Oahu stock (6) and 0.5 percent from Hawaiian Islands (3)
                                               stock. Assumed average group size of 9 for Oahu and Hawaii Island stocks.
                                                  8—Assumes 94.16 percent of takes are from Hawaii pelagic stock (1,461), 5.25 percent are from Hawaiia Island stock (82), and 0.59 are from Oahu stock. Popu-
                                               lations of insular stocks are unknown.
                                                  9—Assumes 0.36 percent for Oahu/4-Islands stock (1), 0.95 percent for Hawaii Island stock (4) and remaining from Pelagic stock (459) stocks. NMFS will assume
                                               average group size of 24 for the Oahu/4-Island and Hawaii Island stock exposures (NMFS 2016).
                                                  10—Assumes Level B harassment of 3 groups of 20 Kohala resident stock whales and 3 groups of 250 Hawaiian Island stock animals.
                                                  11—Increased to average group size of 20 (Oleson et al. 2010).




                                                  Changes to Main Hawaiian Islands                                             2 takes place in deep water (76.6 km)                                                harassment takes was increased from 5
                                               insular false killer whale take                                                 with 18.4 km in intermediate depth                                                   individuals to 20.
                                               estiamtes—NMFS has recalculated                                                 water (100 to 1,000 m). Tracklines 1 and                                                Changes to melon-headed whale take
                                               exposures of Main Hawaiian Islands                                              2 would be surveyed twice, once for                                                  estimates—NMFS had estimated in the
                                               insular false killer whale DPS due to                                           reflection data, and once for refraction                                             proposed notice that there would be 235
                                               recently designated critical habitat for                                        data. At a speed of 7.6 km/hr, it would                                              Level B harassment takes of melon-
                                               this species (83 FR 35062; July 24,                                             take the Langseth about 37.3 hours to                                                headed whales from the combined
                                               2018). A total of 3,455-kilometers of                                           survey Trackline 1, and 25 hours to                                                  Kohala resident stock and the Hawaiian
                                               tracklines will be surveyed around the                                          survey Trackline 2 (both passes), for                                                Islands stock. Kohala resident stock
                                               Main Hawaiian Islands where insular                                             about 2.6 days in total.                                                             members could only be affected during
                                               false killer whales show a preference for                                                                                                                            Trackline 1 operations off of the Kohala
                                                                                                                                  NMFS calculated ensonified area
                                               deeper waters just offshore (45-meters)                                                                                                                              Peninsula and the west coast of Hawaii
                                               to the 3,200-meter depth boundary. The                                          along the tracklines to arrive at a total
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Island in waters of less than 2,500 m of
                                               majority of the planned tracklines are                                          of 3,940-km2 within the species’ range.                                              water. This segment of the survey
                                               outside this area in waters deeper than                                         As noted previously, a contingency of                                                represents a small portion of the total
                                               3,200-meters. NMFS used critical                                                25 percent was added to the number of                                                Hawaiian Island tracklines. The
                                               habitat to serve as the range boundary                                          survey days, which is the equivalent of                                              Hawaiian Islands stock of melon-headed
                                               for this DPS. In order to calculate the                                         adding 25 percent to the planned line                                                whales may be found along any of the
                                               amount of exposure for Main Hawaiian                                            tracklines. The total amount of                                                      planned tracklines, including within the
                                               Islands Insular false killer whales                                             ensonified area with the 25 percent                                                  range of the Kohala resident stock.
                                               during the planned action, NMFS                                                 contingency is 4,92 5km2. Bradford et                                                Kohala resident whales can be found in
                                               determined the amount of tracklines                                             al. (2015) calculated the density of Main                                            large groups of up to several hundred
                                               within the DPS’s range. There are 236.6                                         Hawaiian Islands Insular false killer                                                with a median group size of 210 (Forney
                                               km of planned tracklines in Main                                                whales at 0.09 individuals per 100 km2,                                              et al. 2017). However, they have also
                                               Hawaiian Islands insular false killer                                           which was multiplied by the total                                                    been observed in smaller groups of 4
                                               whale range (or about 6.8 percent of the                                        ensonified area plus contingency,                                                    and 17 individuals (Aschettino et al.
                                               tracklines for the entire Hawaii seismic                                        resulting in five Main Hawaiian Island                                               2011). Additionally, these smaller
                                               survey). Only portions of Tracklines 1                                          insular false killer whale exposures.                                                groups were often followed by much
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES




                                               and 2 are within the DPS’s range.                                               False killer whales are commonly                                                     larger groups, which suggests that the
                                               Because the size of the ensonified areas                                        sighted in groups of 10 to 20 (Baird                                                 small groups may have branched off
                                               changes with water depth, NMFS                                                  2009; Baird et al. 2010; Wade and                                                    from larger groups.
                                               determined the amount of tracklines in                                          Gerrodette 1993) with 20 individuals                                                    L–DEO is required to shutdown
                                               each depth range. All of Trackline 1                                            being regarded as about the average                                                  whenever a melon-headed whale is
                                               takes place in deep water (>1,000                                               group size (Oleson et al. 2010).                                                     detected while passing through the
                                               meters/141.6 km), and most of Trackline                                         Therefore, authorized Level B                                                        Kohala resident stock’s range. L–DEO


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014          18:42 Aug 30, 2018           Jkt 244001        PO 00000         Frm 00031         Fmt 4703       Sfmt 4703          E:\FR\FM\31AUN1.SGM              31AUN1


                                                                                           Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 170 / Friday, August 31, 2018 / Notices                                                                                                             44593

                                               also intends to pass through this range                                         and 1.00 percent will occur in depths                                                 conducted for the pantropical spotted
                                               during daylight hours to maximize the                                           less than 1,000 m north of Hawaii along                                               dolphin stock takes estimates, which
                                               potential for detection. PSOs should be                                         Trackline 1. Therefore, NMFS will                                                     had not been included in the proposed
                                               able to observe the larger groups                                               assume that the remaining 98.5%                                                       IHA. There are four management stocks
                                               containing hundreds of animals at a                                             percent (588) of total takes will be                                                  of pantropical spotted dolphins within
                                               significant distance and implement                                              accrued by the pelagic stock, 0.5 percent                                             the Hawaiian Islands EEZ (Oleson et al.
                                               shutdown accordingly. When a small                                              (3) will accrue to the Oahu stock and 1                                               2013) including: (1) The Oahu stock,
                                               group of whales is observed, shutdown                                           percent (6) will accrue to the Hawaiian                                               which includes spotted dolphins within
                                               will also be implemented and PSOs will                                          Island stock. Insular stocks have an                                                  20 km of Oahu, (2) the 4-Island stock,
                                               shift to state of heightened alert since a                                      average group size of group size of 8.5                                               which includes spotted dolphins within
                                               larger main group may be in close                                               rounded up to 9, so 9 takes will accrue                                               20 km of Maui, Molokai, Lanai, and
                                               proximity. Given this information,                                              to the Oahu stock and 9 takes to the                                                  Kahoolawe collectively, (3) the Hawaii
                                               NMFS will assume that up to 3 groups                                            Hawaiian Island stock (Baird et al.                                                   Island stock, which includes spotted
                                               of 20 Kohala resident whales may be                                             2002). Note that the ranges of these two                                              dolphins found within 65 km of Hawaii
                                               taken by Level B harassment if they                                             insular stocks completely encompass                                                   Island, and (4) the Hawaii pelagic stock,
                                               enter the zone undetected by PSOs. This                                         the islands for which they are named                                                  which includes spotted dolphins
                                               would result in up to 60 Level B                                                out to the 1,000 m bathymetric contour                                                inhabiting the waters throughout the
                                               harassment takes. Given the species’                                            line. Given such expansive ranges, it is                                              Hawaiian Islands EEZ, outside of the
                                               large group sizes, NMFS will also                                               unlikely that large numbers of either                                                 insular stock areas, but including
                                               assume that up to 3 groups of 250                                               stock would be concentrated near a                                                    adjacent high seas. Planned seismic
                                               Hawaiian Island animals may be taken                                            trackline during the short time the                                                   survey lines would traverse the Hawaii
                                               during the remainder of the cruise                                              vessel is within the delineated stock                                                 Island, Oahu, and Hawaii Pelagic stocks.
                                               outside of the range of Kohala resident                                         boundaries.                                                                           An estimated 0.59 percent of all
                                               stock. Therefore, NMFS authorizes the                                              Changes to spinner dolphin take
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     tracklines will take place in the range of
                                               take of up to 810 melon headed whales.                                          estimates—For the final IHA, NMFS
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     the Oahu stock northwest of Oahu along
                                                  Changes to common bottlenose                                                 conducted a comprehensive GIS
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Trackline 2, and 5.25 percent will occur
                                               dolphin take estimates—There are four                                           analysis to determine how spinner
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     in the range of the Hawaii Island stock
                                               individual common bottlenose dolphin                                            dolphin takes should be accrued among
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     north and west of Hawaii along
                                               stocks within the Hawaiian Islands                                              the various stocks in the region. This
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Trackline 1 with the remaining accrued
                                               complex. None of the planned survey                                             had not been done for the proposed
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     by the Hawaii Pelagic stock. This results
                                               tracklines will traverse the ranges of the                                      IHA. There are four stocks of spinner
                                                                                                                               dolphins within the U.S. EEZ of the                                                   in an estimated 9 Oahu stock exposures,
                                               Kauai/Niihau or 4-Islands stocks so
                                               animals from these stocks will not be                                           Hawaiian Islands. Planned seismic                                                     82 Hawaii Island stock exposures, and
                                               impacted by seismic activities. In the                                          survey tracklines would traverse the                                                  1,461 Pelagic stock exposures.
                                               proposed notice NMFS had estimated                                              ranges of the Hawaii Island, Oahu/4-                                                     For Hawaiian monk seals, NMFS used
                                               that a small number of takes would be                                           Islands, and Hawaii Pelagic stocks.                                                   an updated abundance estimate (Baker
                                               accrued to the 4 Islands stock.                                                 Stock boundaries for the Hawaii Island                                                et al. 2016) recommended by the
                                               Therefore, takes of this stock are not                                          and Oahu/4-Islands stocks extend out                                                  Commission to estimate density. NMFS
                                               authorized in the final IHA and NMFS                                            10 nautical miles (nmi) from the coasts                                               multiplied the updated estimated
                                               revised the number of authorized takes                                          of these islands. An estimated 0.36                                                   density by the daily ensonified area (160
                                               estimated to accrue to the remaining                                            percent of all tracklines will take place                                             dB zone) on one day, times the 1.25
                                               Hawaii pelagic, Oahu, and Hawaiian                                              in the range of the Oahu/4-Island stock                                               percent operational contingency. Since
                                               Islands stocks as described below.                                              northwest of Oahu along Trackline 2,                                                  the planned action will take place in
                                                  During the survey along Trackline 1 a                                        and 0.95 percent will occur in the range                                              different water depths, there are two
                                               short time will be spent traversing the                                         of the Hawaii Island stock north of                                                   different daily ensonified areas. For
                                               northern boundary of the Hawaiian                                               Hawaii along Trackline 1, with                                                        deep water (≤1,000 meters), the daily
                                               Island stock while along Trackline 2 the                                        remaining takes being accrued by the                                                  ensonified area is 2,349.8 km2. For
                                               survey will run through the northwest                                           Hawaii Pelagic stock. This results in 1                                               intermediate depths (100–1,000 meters),
                                               boundary of the Oahu stock. The vast                                            estimated Oahu/4-Island stock                                                         the daily ensonified area is 538.5 km2.
                                               majority of planned survey tracklines                                           exposure, 4 Hawaii Island stock                                                       The vast majority of the survey (3,403
                                               occur in waters that are greater than                                           exposures, and 459 Pelagic stock                                                      kilometers) will take place in deep
                                               1,000 m which marks the boundary                                                exposures. NMFS will assume average                                                   water. Only 52 km will take place in
                                               between the Hawaiian pelagic and                                                group size of 24 individuals for the                                                  intermediate depths. However, use of
                                               Hawaiian insular stocks. According to a                                         Oahu/4-Island and Hawaii Island stock                                                 the updated abundance and density
                                               GIS analysis, an estimated 0.47 percent                                         exposures (NMFS 2016).                                                                estimates resulted in the same number
                                               of all Hawaii tracklines will take place                                           Changes to pantropical spotted                                                     of authorized Level B harassment takes
                                               in waters less than 1,000 m deep                                                dolphin take estimates—A                                                              (3) that was included in the proposed
                                               northwest of Oahu along Trackline 2                                             comprehensive GIS analysis was also                                                   IHA.
                                                  TABLE 8—DENSITIES, EXPSOURES, PERCENTAGE OF STOCK OR POPULATION EXPOSED, AND NUMBER OF AUTHORIZED
                                                                                TAKES DURING EMPEROR SEAMOUNTS SURVEY
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES




                                                                                                                                                                        Estimated                                          Percentage of               Authorized takes
                                                                         Species                                                     Stock                               density                     Total                   population
                                                                                                                                                                      (#/1000 km2)                 exposures                (total takes)        Level A                    Level B

                                               Gray whale .....................................................   N/A ............................................                    N.A.                         22                1.43                         0                          2
                                               North Pacific right whale ................................         N/A ............................................                 1 0.01                         10 2               0.45                         0                          2
                                               Humpback whale ...........................................         Central North Pacific .................                           1 0.41                          18            11 0.17                     13 2                     11 16

                                                                                                                  Western North Pacific DPS ......                   ........................   ........................          11 0.18   ........................   ........................
                                               Minke whale ...................................................    N/A ............................................                    2.48                        103                0.47                         5                        98



                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014          18:42 Aug 30, 2018           Jkt 244001        PO 00000         Frm 00032         Fmt 4703        Sfmt 4703          E:\FR\FM\31AUN1.SGM                31AUN1


                                               44594                                        Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 170 / Friday, August 31, 2018 / Notices

                                                  TABLE 8—DENSITIES, EXPSOURES, PERCENTAGE OF STOCK OR POPULATION EXPOSED, AND NUMBER OF AUTHORIZED
                                                                          TAKES DURING EMPEROR SEAMOUNTS SURVEY—Continued
                                                                                                                                                                        Estimated                       Percentage of       Authorized takes
                                                                                                                                                                                           Total
                                                                         Species                                                      Stock                              density                          population
                                                                                                                                                                                         exposures
                                                                                                                                                                      (#/1000 km2)                       (total takes)   Level A         Level B

                                               Bryde’s whale ................................................      N/A ............................................             N.A.             32             <0.01               0                2
                                               Sei whale .......................................................   N/A ............................................           1 0.29             14              0.05              33               11
                                               Fin whale .......................................................   N/A ............................................           1 0.20              8              0.06               0                8
                                               Blue whale .....................................................    Central North Pacific .................                      0.13              5               3.7               0                5

                                                                                                                                                              Odontocetes

                                               Sperm whale ..................................................      N/A ............................................           1 2.20              90             0.30               0             90
                                               Pygmy sperm whale ......................................            N/A ............................................           4 2.91             121              1.7               0            121
                                               Dwarf sperm whale ........................................          N/A ............................................           4 7.14             298              1.7               0            298
                                               Cuvier’s beaked whale ..................................            N/A ............................................           1 5.40             225             1.11               0            225
                                               Stejner’s beaked whale .................................            Alaska .......................................              1 0.5              21             0.08               0             21
                                               Baird’s beaked whale ....................................           N/A ............................................            1 2.9             121             1.19               0            121
                                               Short-beaked common dolphin ......................                  N/A ............................................            5 180            N.A.            <0.01               0            180
                                               Striped dolphin ...............................................     N/A ............................................           6 9.21             384             0.04               0            384
                                               Pacific white-sided dolphin ............................            N/A ............................................          7 68.81           2,870             0.29               0          2,870
                                               Northern right whale dolphin .........................              N/A ............................................           7 3.37             141             0.04               0            141
                                               Risso’s dolphin ...............................................     N/A ............................................             3 27           1,126             1.02               0          1,126
                                               False killer whale ...........................................      N/A ............................................             5 10             417              2.5               0            417
                                               Killer whale ....................................................   N/A ............................................         8 12 3.00          1,253             14.7               0          1,253
                                               Short-finned pilot whale .................................          N/A ............................................            3 41            1,713              3.2               0          1,713
                                               Dall’s porpoise ...............................................     N/A ............................................           35.46            1,479             0.13              56          1,423

                                                                                                                                                                Pinnipeds

                                               Northern fur seal ............................................      N/A ............................................           7 3.56            149              0.01               0              149
                                               Northern elephant seal ..................................           N/A ............................................             8.31            343              0.15               0              343
                                               Ribbon seal ....................................................    Alaska .......................................               N.A.             95             <0.01               0                5
                                                  1—Navy   2017b. Final Supplemental Environmental Impact Statement/Supplemental Overseas Environmental Impact Statement.—SURTASS.
                                                  2—Mean    group size based on Rugh et al. (2005).
                                                  3—Mean    group size from Bradford et al. (2017).
                                                 4—Bradford et al. (2017).
                                                 5—Mean group size from Barlow (2016).
                                                 6—Miyashita (1993).
                                                 7—Buckland et al. (1993).
                                                 8—Forney and Wade (2006).
                                                 9—Estimated exposures increased to 5 for pinnipeds.
                                                 10—Mean group size from Matsuoka et al. (2009).
                                                 11—Based on population size, take is split proportionally between central north Pacific (91.2 percent of total take) and western north Pacific DPS stocks (9.8 per-
                                               cent of total take). Assumes 2 Level B harassment takes of western north Pacific DPS.
                                                 12—Density is based on number of animals/100 km2.
                                                 13—Mean group size from Mobley et al. (2001).




                                                  The only stocks that occur in both the                                        a loud sound source that represents an                               conducting such activity or other means
                                               Emperor Seamounts and the Hawaiian                                               aversive stimulus, such as an airgun                                 of effecting the least practicable adverse
                                               Islands are the Central North Pacific                                            array, potentially reducing the number                               impact upon the affected species or
                                               (CNP) humpback whale, Western North                                              of Level A takes. However, the extent to                             stocks and their habitat (50 CFR
                                               Pacific (WNP) humpback whale, and                                                which marine mammals would move                                      216.104(a)(11)).
                                               Central North Pacific (CNP) blue whale                                           away from the sound source is difficult                                 In evaluating how mitigation may or
                                               stocks. NMFS combined take estimates                                             to quantify and is, therefore, not                                   may not be appropriate to ensure the
                                               from both surveys and calculated the                                             accounted for in the take estimates.                                 least practicable adverse impact on
                                               percentage of each stock taken. The                                                                                                                   species or stocks and their habitat, as
                                                                                                                                Mitigation
                                               results were 0.18 percent for the CNP                                                                                                                 well as subsistence uses where
                                               humpback stock, 0.36 percent for the                                               In order to issue an IHA under
                                                                                                                                                                                                     applicable, we carefully consider two
                                               WNP humpback stock, and 7.5 percent                                              Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA,
                                                                                                                                                                                                     primary factors:
                                               for the CNP blue whale stock.                                                    NMFS must set forth the permissible
                                                  It should be noted that authorized                                            methods of taking pursuant to such                                      (1) The manner in which, and the
                                               take numbers shown in Tables 7 and 8                                             activity, ‘‘and other means of effecting                             degree to which, the successful
                                               are expected to be conservative for                                              the least practicable impact on such                                 implementation of the measure(s) is
                                               several reasons. First, in the calculations                                      species or stock and its habitat, paying                             expected to reduce impacts to marine
                                               of estimated take, 25 percent has been                                           particular attention to rookeries, mating                            mammals, marine mammal species or
                                               added in the form of operational survey                                          grounds, and areas of similar                                        stocks, and their habitat. This considers
                                               days to account for the possibility of                                           significance, and on the availability of                             the nature of the potential adverse
                                               additional seismic operations associated                                         such species or stock for taking’’ for                               impact being mitigated (likelihood,
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES




                                               with airgun testing and repeat coverage                                          certain subsistence uses (latter not                                 scope, range). It further considers the
                                               of any areas where initial data quality is                                       applicable for this action). NMFS                                    likelihood that the measure will be
                                               sub-standard, and in recognition of the                                          regulations require applicants for                                   effective if implemented (probability of
                                               uncertainties in the density estimates                                           incidental take authorizations to include                            accomplishing the mitigating result if
                                               used to estimate take as described                                               information about the availability and                               implemented as planned) the likelihood
                                               above. Additionally, marine mammals                                              feasibility (economic and technological)                             of effective implementation (probability
                                               would be expected to move away from                                              of equipment, methods, and manner of                                 implemented as planned), and


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014           18:42 Aug 30, 2018           Jkt 244001        PO 00000         Frm 00033         Fmt 4703      Sfmt 4703    E:\FR\FM\31AUN1.SGM    31AUN1


                                                                             Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 170 / Friday, August 31, 2018 / Notices                                            44595

                                                  (2) the practicability of the measures               severe behavioral reactions for animals               binoculars and the naked eye while free
                                               for applicant implementation, which                     occurring close to the vessel. Visual                 from distractions and in a consistent,
                                               may consider such things as cost,                       monitoring of the buffer zone is                      systematic, and diligent manner. PSOs
                                               impact on operations.                                   intended to (1) provide additional                    shall establish and monitor the
                                                  L–DEO has reviewed mitigation                        protection to naı̈ve marine mammals                   exclusion and buffer zones. These zones
                                               measures employed during seismic                        that may be in the area during pre-                   shall be based upon the radial distance
                                               research surveys authorized by NMFS                     clearance, and (2) during airgun use, aid             from the edges of the acoustic source
                                               under previous incidental harassment                    in establishing and maintaining the                   (rather than being based on the center of
                                               authorizations, as well as recommended                  exclusion zone by alerting the visual                 the array or around the vessel itself).
                                               best practices in Richardson et al.                     observer and crew of marine mammals                   During use of the acoustic source (i.e.,
                                               (1995), Pierson et al. (1998), Weir and                 that are outside of, but may approach                 anytime airguns are active, including
                                               Dolman (2007), Nowacek et al. (2013),                   and enter, the exclusion zone. Note that              ramp-up), occurrences of marine
                                               Wright (2014), and Wright and                           L–DEO must monitor the Level B                        mammals within the buffer zone (but
                                               Cosentino (2015), and has incorporated                  harassment zone beyond 1,000 meters                   outside the exclusion zone) shall be
                                               a suite of planned mitigation measures                  and enumerate any takes beyond this                   communicated to the operator to
                                               into their project description based on                 buffer zone.                                          prepare for the potential shutdown or
                                               the above sources.                                         L–DEO must use at least five                       powerdown of the acoustic source.
                                                  To reduce the potential for                          dedicated, trained, NMFS-approved                        During use of the airgun (i.e., anytime
                                               disturbance from acoustic stimuli                       Protected Species Observers (PSOs). The               the acoustic source is active, including
                                               associated with the activities, L–DEO                   PSOs must have no tasks other than to                 ramp-up), occurrences of marine
                                               will implement mitigation measures for                  conduct observational effort, record                  mammals within the buffer zone (but
                                               marine mammals. Mitigation measures                     observational data, and communicate                   outside the exclusion zone) should be
                                               that will be adopted during the planned                 with and instruct relevant vessel crew                communicated to the operator to
                                               surveys include (1) Vessel-based visual                 with regard to the presence of marine                 prepare for the potential shutdown or
                                               mitigation monitoring; (2) Vessel-based                 mammals and mitigation requirements.                  powerdown of the acoustic source.
                                               passive acoustic monitoring; (3)                        PSO resumes shall be provided to                      Visual PSOs will immediately
                                               Establishment of an exclusion zone; (4)                 NMFS for approval.                                    communicate all observations to the on
                                               Power down procedures; (5) Shutdown                        At least one of the visual and two of              duty acoustic PSO(s), including any
                                               procedures; (6) Ramp-up procedures;                     the acoustic PSOs aboard the vessel                   determination by the PSO regarding
                                               and (7) Vessel strike avoidance                         must have a minimum of 90 days at-sea                 species identification, distance, and
                                               measures. Note that additional measures                 experience working in those roles,                    bearing and the degree of confidence in
                                               have been included in the final IHA that                respectively, during a deep penetration               the determination. Any observations of
                                               were not contained in the proposed                      (i.e., ‘‘high energy’’) seismic survey,               marine mammals by crew members
                                               IHA. These measures are described in                    with no more than 18 months elapsed                   shall be relayed to the PSO team. During
                                               the following sections.                                 since the conclusion of the at-sea                    good conditions (e.g., daylight hours;
                                                                                                       experience. One visual PSO with such                  Beaufort sea state (BSS) 3 or less), visual
                                               Vessel-Based Visual Mitigation
                                                                                                       experience shall be designated as the                 PSOs shall conduct observations when
                                               Monitoring
                                                                                                       lead for the entire protected species                 the acoustic source is not operating for
                                                  Visual monitoring requires the use of                observation team. The lead PSO shall                  comparison of sighting rates and
                                               trained observers (herein referred to as                serve as primary point of contact for the             behavior with and without use of the
                                               visual PSOs) to scan the ocean surface                  vessel operator and ensure all PSO                    acoustic source and between acquisition
                                               visually for the presence of marine                     requirements per the IHA are met. To                  periods, to the maximum extent
                                               mammals. The area to be scanned                         the maximum extent practicable, the                   practicable. Visual PSOs may be on
                                               visually includes primarily the                         experienced PSOs should be scheduled                  watch for a maximum of two
                                               exclusion zone, but also the buffer zone.               to be on duty with those PSOs with                    consecutive hours followed by a break
                                               The buffer zone means an area beyond                    appropriate training but who have not                 of at least one hour between watches
                                               the exclusion zone to be monitored for                  yet gained relevant experience.                       and may conduct a maximum of 12
                                               the presence of marine mammals that                        During survey operations (e.g., any                hours of observation per 24-hour period.
                                               may enter the exclusion zone. During                    day on which use of the acoustic source               Combined observational duties (visual
                                               pre-clearance monitoring (i.e., before                  is planned to occur, and whenever the                 and acoustic but not at same time) may
                                               ramp-up begins), the buffer zone also                   acoustic source is in the water, whether              not exceed 12 hours per 24-hour period
                                               acts as an extension of the exclusion                   activated or not), a minimum of two                   for any individual PSO.
                                               zone in that observations of marine                     visual PSOs must be on duty and                          For the final IHA, NMFS had added
                                               mammals within the buffer zone would                    conducting visual observations at all                 the requirement L–DEO must make a
                                               also prevent airgun operations from                     times during daylight hours (i.e., from               good faith effort to schedule their
                                               beginning (i.e., ramp-up). The buffer                   30 minutes prior to sunrise through 30                surveys to maximize the amount of
                                               zone encompasses the area at and below                  minutes following sunset) and 30                      seismic activity that takes place during
                                               the sea surface from the edge of the 0–                 minutes prior to and during nighttime                 daylight hours within the defined
                                               500 meter exclusion zone, out to a                      ramp-ups of the airgun array. Visual                  ranges of the Kohala resident stock of
                                               radius of 1,000 meters from the edges of                monitoring of the exclusion and buffer                melon-headed whale and the Main
                                               the airgun array (500–1,000 meters).                    zones must begin no less than 30                      Hawaiian Islands insular stock of fales
                                               Visual monitoring of the exclusion                      minutes prior to ramp-up and must                     killer whales. This will greatly assist
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES




                                               zones and adjacent waters is intended to                continue until one hour after use of the              PSOs in their efforts to effectively
                                               establish and, when visual conditions                   acoustic source ceases or until 30                    monitor these species. Furthermore,
                                               allow, maintain zones around the sound                  minutes past sunset. Visual PSOs shall                L–DEO must implement shutdown
                                               source that are clear of marine                         coordinate to ensure 360° visual                      procedures if a melon-headed whale or
                                               mammals, thereby reducing or                            coverage around the vessel from the                   group of melon-headed whales is
                                               eliminating the potential for injury and                most appropriate observation posts, and               observed in the Kohala resident stock’s
                                               minimizing the potential for more                       shall conduct visual observations using               range.


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:42 Aug 30, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00034   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\31AUN1.SGM   31AUN1


                                               44596                         Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 170 / Friday, August 31, 2018 / Notices

                                               Passive Acoustic Monitoring                             two hours of operations would be                      begins by first activating a single airgun
                                                  Acoustic monitoring means the use of                 allowed without acoustic monitoring.                  of the smallest volume, followed by
                                               trained personnel (sometimes referred to                However, L–DEO reported that                          doubling the number of active elements
                                               as passive acoustic monitoring (PAM)                    approximately five hours are required to              in stages until the full complement of an
                                               operators, herein referred to as acoustic               redeploy the spare PAM system if the                  array’s airguns are active. Each stage
                                               PSOs) to operate PAM equipment to                       primary PAM system fails. Note that                   should be approximately the same
                                               acoustically detect the presence of                     operations may continue only under the                duration, and the total duration should
                                               marine mammals. Acoustic monitoring                     following conditions:                                 not be less than approximately 20
                                               involves acoustically detecting marine                     • Sea state is less than or equal to               minutes. The intent of pre-clearance
                                                                                                       BSS 4;                                                observation (30 minutes) is to ensure no
                                               mammals regardless of distance from
                                                                                                          • No marine mammals (excluding                     protected species are observed within
                                               the source, as localization of animals
                                                                                                       delphinids) detected solely by PAM in                 the buffer zone prior to the beginning of
                                               may not always be possible. Acoustic
                                                                                                       the applicable exclusion zone in the                  ramp-up. During pre-clearance is the
                                               monitoring is intended to further
                                                                                                       previous two hours;                                   only time observations of protected
                                               support visual monitoring (during                          • NMFS is notified via email as soon               species in the buffer zone would
                                               daylight hours) in maintaining an                       as practicable with the time and                      prevent operations (i.e., the beginning of
                                               exclusion zone around the sound source                  location in which operations began                    ramp-up). The intent of ramp-up is to
                                               that is clear of marine mammals. In                     occurring without an active PAM                       warn protected species of pending
                                               cases where visual monitoring is not                    system; and                                           seismic operations and to allow
                                               effective (e.g., due to weather,                           • Operations with an active acoustic               sufficient time for those animals to leave
                                               nighttime), acoustic monitoring may be                  source, but without an operating PAM                  the immediate vicinity. A ramp-up
                                               used to allow certain activities to occur,              system, do not exceed a cumulative total              procedure, involving a step-wise
                                               as further detailed below.                              of five hours in any 24-hour period.                  increase in the number of airguns firing
                                                  PAM would take place in addition to
                                                                                                       Establishment of an Exclusion Zone and                and total array volume until all
                                               the visual monitoring program. Visual                                                                         operational airguns are activated and
                                               monitoring typically is not effective                   Buffer Zone
                                                                                                                                                             the full volume is achieved, is required
                                               during periods of poor visibility or at                    An exclusion zone (EZ) is a defined                at all times as part of the activation of
                                               night, and even with good visibility, if                area within which occurrence of a                     the acoustic source. All operators must
                                               PSOs are unable to detect marine                        marine mammal triggers mitigation                     adhere to the following pre-clearance
                                               mammals when they are below the                         action intended to reduce the potential               and ramp-up requirements:
                                               surface or beyond visual range.                         for certain outcomes, e.g., auditory                     • The operator must notify a
                                               Acoustical monitoring can be used in                    injury, disruption of critical behaviors.             designated PSO of the planned start of
                                               addition to visual observations to                      The PSOs would establish a minimum                    ramp-up as agreed upon with the lead
                                               improve detection, identification, and                  EZ with a 500 m radius for the 36 airgun              PSO; the notification time should not be
                                               localization of cetaceans. The acoustic                 array. The 500 m EZ would be based on                 less than 60 minutes prior to the
                                               monitoring would serve to alert visual                  radial distance from any element of the               planned ramp-up in order to allow the
                                               PSOs when vocalizing cetaceans are                      airgun array (rather than being based on              PSOs time to monitor the exclusion and
                                               detected. It is only useful when marine                 the center of the array or around the                 buffer zones for 30 minutes prior to the
                                               mammals call, but it can be effective                   vessel itself). With certain exceptions               initiation of ramp-up (pre-clearance).
                                               either by day or by night, and does not                 (described below), if a marine mammal                    • Ramp-ups shall be scheduled so as
                                               depend on good visibility. It would be                  appears within or enters this zone, the               to minimize the time spent with the
                                               monitored in real time so that the visual               acoustic source would be shut down.                   source activated prior to reaching the
                                               observers can be advised when                              The 500 m EZ is intended to be                     designated run-in.
                                               cetaceans are detected.                                 precautionary in the sense that it would                 • One of the PSOs conducting pre-
                                                  The R/V Langseth will use a towed                    be expected to contain sound exceeding                clearance observations must be notified
                                               PAM system, which must be monitored                     the injury criteria for all cetacean                  again immediately prior to initiating
                                               by at a minimum one on duty acoustic                    hearing groups, (based on the dual                    ramp-up procedures and the operator
                                               PSO beginning at least 30 minutes prior                 criteria of SELcum and peak SPL), while               must receive confirmation from the PSO
                                               to ramp-up and at all times during use                  also providing a consistent, reasonably               to proceed.
                                               of the acoustic source. Acoustic PSOs                   observable zone within which PSOs                        • Ramp-up may not be initiated if any
                                               may be on watch for a maximum of four                   would typically be able to conduct                    marine mammal is within the applicable
                                               consecutive hours followed by a break                   effective observational effort.                       exclusion or buffer zone. If a marine
                                               of at least one hour between watches                    Additionally, a 500 m EZ is expected to               mammal is observed within the
                                               and may conduct a maximum of 12                         minimize the likelihood that marine                   applicable exclusion zone or the buffer
                                               hours of observation per 24-hour period.                mammals will be exposed to levels                     zone during the 30 minute pre-clearance
                                               Combined observational duties (acoustic                 likely to result in more severe                       period, ramp-up may not begin until the
                                               and visual but not at same time) may                    behavioral responses. Although                        animal(s) has been observed exiting the
                                               not exceed 12 hours per 24-hour period                  significantly greater distances may be                zones or until an additional time period
                                               for any individual PSO.                                 observed from an elevated platform                    has elapsed with no further sightings
                                                  Survey activity may continue for 30                  under good conditions, we believe that                (15 minutes for small odontocetes and
                                               minutes when the PAM system                             500 m is likely regularly attainable for              30 minutes for all other species).
                                               malfunctions or is damaged, while the                   PSOs using the naked eye during typical                  • Ramp-up shall begin by activating a
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES




                                               PAM operator diagnoses the issue. If the                conditions.                                           single airgun of the smallest volume in
                                               diagnosis indicates that the PAM system                                                                       the array and shall continue in stages by
                                               must be repaired to solve the problem,                  Pre-Clearance and Ramp-Up                             doubling the number of active elements
                                               operations may continue for an                             Ramp-up (sometimes referred to as                  at the commencement of each stage,
                                               additional five hours without acoustic                  ‘‘soft start’’) means the gradual and                 with each stage of approximately the
                                               monitoring during daylight hours. In the                systematic increase of emitted sound                  same duration. Duration shall not be
                                               proposed IHA, NMFS stated that only                     levels from an airgun array. Ramp-up                  less than 20 minutes. The operator must


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:42 Aug 30, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00035   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\31AUN1.SGM   31AUN1


                                                                             Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 170 / Friday, August 31, 2018 / Notices                                          44597

                                               provide information to the PSO                          and powerdown commands are                            animal would be considered to have
                                               documenting that appropriate                            conveyed swiftly while allowing PSOs                  cleared the 500 m EZ if it is visually
                                               procedures were followed.                               to maintain watch. When both visual                   observed to have departed the 500 m
                                                  • PSOs must monitor the exclusion                    and acoustic PSOs are on duty, all                    EZ, or it has not been seen within the
                                               and buffer zones during ramp-up, and                    detections will be immediately                        500 m EZ for 15 min in the case of small
                                               ramp-up must cease and the source                       communicated to the remainder of the                  odontocetes and pinnipeds, or 30 min in
                                               must be shut down upon observation of                   on-duty PSO team for potential                        the case of mysticetes and large
                                               a marine mammal within the applicable                   verification of visual observations by the            odontocetes, including sperm, pygmy
                                               exclusion zone. Once ramp-up has                        acoustic PSO or of acoustic detections                sperm, dwarf sperm, and beaked
                                               begun, observations of marine mammals                   by visual PSOs. When the airgun array                 whales.
                                               within the buffer zone do not require                   is active (i.e., anytime one or more                    The shutdown requirement can be
                                               shutdown or powerdown, but such                         airguns is active, including during                   waived for small dolphins in which case
                                               observation shall be communicated to                    ramp-up and powerdown) shutdown                       the acoustic source shall be powered
                                               the operator to prepare for the potential               must occur under the following                        down to the single 40-in3 airgun if an
                                               shutdown or powerdown.                                  conditions:                                           individual is visually detected within
                                                  • Ramp-up may occur at times of                         • A marine mammal appears within                   the exclusion zone. As defined here, the
                                               poor visibility, including nighttime, if                or enters the applicable exclusion zone;              small delphinoid group is intended to
                                               appropriate acoustic monitoring has                     and                                                   encompass those members of the Family
                                               occurred with no detections in the 30                      • A marine mammal (other than                      Delphinidae most likely to voluntarily
                                               minutes prior to beginning ramp-up.                     delphinids, see below) is detected                    approach the source vessel for purposes
                                               Acoustic source activation may only                     acoustically and localized within the                 of interacting with the vessel and/or
                                               occur at times of poor visibility where                 applicable exclusion zone.                            airgun array (e.g., bow riding). This
                                               operational planning cannot reasonably                     The shutdown requirements                          exception to the shutdown requirement
                                               avoid such circumstances.                               described below have been added to the                would apply solely to specific genera of
                                                  • If the acoustic source is shut down                final IHA as they were not included in                small dolphins including Tursiops,
                                               for brief periods (i.e., less than 30                   the proposed IHA. Under the following                 Delphinus, Lagenodelphis,
                                               minutes) for reasons other than that                    conditions L–DEO must implement                       Lagenorhynchus, Lissodelphis, Stenella
                                               described for shutdown and powerdown                    shutdown:                                             and Steno. The acoustic source shall be
                                               (e.g., mechanical difficulty), it may be                   • A marine mammal species, for                     powered down to 40-in3 airgun if an
                                               activated again without ramp-up if PSOs                 which authorization was granted but the               individual belonging to these genera is
                                               have maintained constant visual and/or                  takes have been met, approaches the                   visually detected within the 500 m
                                               acoustic observation and no visual or                   Level A or B harassment zones;                        exclusion zone. Note that when the
                                               acoustic detections of marine mammals                      • A large whale with a calf or an                  acoustic source is powered down to the
                                               have occurred within the applicable                     aggregation of large whales is observed               40-in3 airgun due to the presence of
                                               exclusion zone. For any longer                          regardless of the distance from the                   specified dolphins, a shutdown zone of
                                               shutdown, pre-clearance observation                     Langseth;                                             100 m and Level B harassment zone of
                                               and ramp-up are required. For any                          • A melon-headed whale or group of                 430 m will be in effect for species other
                                               shutdown at night or in periods of poor                 melon-headed whales is observed in the                than specified dolphin genera that may
                                               visibility (e.g., BSS 4 or greater), ramp-              range of the Kohala resident stock. This              approach the survey vessel. This
                                               up is required, but if the shutdown                     stock is found off the the Kohala                     mitigation measure had not been
                                               period was brief and constant                           Peninsula and west coast of Hawaii                    included in the notice of proposed IHA.
                                               observation was maintained, pre-                        Island and at a depth of less than 2,500                Powerdown conditions shall be
                                               clearance watch of 30 min is not                        m (Carretta et al. 2018). L–DEO will                  maintained until delphinids for which
                                               required.                                               attempt to time their seismic operations              shutdown is waived are no longer
                                                  • Testing of the acoustic source                     along Trackline 1 so they will traverse               observed within the 500 m exclusion
                                               involving all elements requires ramp-                   the Kohala resident stock’s range during              zone, following which full-power
                                               up. Testing limited to individual source                daytime.                                              operations may be resumed without
                                               elements or strings does not require                       • A spinner or bottlenose dolphin or               ramp-up. Visual PSOs may elect to
                                               ramp-up but does require pre-clearance                  group of dolphins is observed                         waive the powerdown requirement if
                                               of 30 min.                                              approaching or is within the Level B                  delphinids for which shutdown is
                                                                                                       harassment zone in the habitat of the                 waived appear to be voluntarily
                                               Shutdown and Powerdown
                                                                                                       specific MHI insular stock if the                     approaching the vessel for the purpose
                                                  The shutdown of an airgun array                      authorized takes have been met for any                of interacting with the vessel or towed
                                               requires the immediate de-activation of                 of these stocks.                                      gear, and may use best professional
                                               all individual airgun elements of the                      When shutdown is called for by a                   judgment in making this decision.
                                               array while a powerdown requires                        PSO, the acoustic source will be                        We include this small delphinoid
                                               immediate de-activation of all                          immediately deactivated and any                       exception because power-down/
                                               individual airgun elements of the array                 dispute resolved only following                       shutdown requirements for small
                                               except the single 40-in3 airgun. Any                    deactivation. Additionally, shutdown                  delphinoids under all circumstances
                                               PSO on duty will have the authority to                  will occur whenever PAM alone                         represent practicability concerns
                                               delay the start of survey operations or to              (without visual sighting), confirms                   without likely commensurate benefits
                                               call for shutdown or powerdown of the                   presence of marine mammal(s) in the                   for the animals in question. Small
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES




                                               acoustic source if a marine mammal is                   EZ. If the acoustic PSO cannot confirm                delphinoids are generally the most
                                               detected within the applicable                          presence within the EZ, visual PSOs                   commonly observed marine mammals
                                               exclusion zone. The operator must also                  will be notified but shutdown is not                  in the specific geographic region and
                                               establish and maintain clear lines of                   required.                                             would typically be the only marine
                                               communication directly between PSOs                        Following a shutdown, airgun activity              mammals likely to intentionally
                                               on duty and crew controlling the                        would not resume until the marine                     approach the vessel. As described
                                               acoustic source to ensure that shutdown                 mammal has cleared the 500 m EZ. The                  above, auditory injury is extremely


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:42 Aug 30, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00036   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\31AUN1.SGM   31AUN1


                                               44598                         Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 170 / Friday, August 31, 2018 / Notices

                                               unlikely to occur for mid-frequency                        In the event of a live stranding (or               and regardless of vessel size, to avoid
                                               cetaceans (e.g., delphinids), as this                   near-shore atypical milling) event,                   striking any marine mammal. A single
                                               group is relatively insensitive to sound                L–DEO must adhere to recently                         marine mammal at the surface may
                                               produced at the predominant                             established protocols, which were not                 indicate the presence of submerged
                                               frequencies in an airgun pulse while                    contained in the proposed IHA. If the                 animals in the vicinity of the vessel;
                                               also having a relatively high threshold                 stranding event occurs within 50 km of                therefore, precautionary measures
                                               for the onset of auditory injury (i.e.,                 the survey operations, where the NMFS                 should be exercised when an animal is
                                               permanent threshold shift).                             stranding network is engaged in herding               observed. A visual observer aboard the
                                                  A large body of anecdotal evidence                   or other interventions to return animals              vessel must monitor a vessel strike
                                               indicates that small delphinoids                        to the water, the Director of OPR, NMFS               avoidance zone around the vessel
                                               commonly approach vessels and/or                        (or designee) will advise the IHA-holder              (specific distances detailed below), to
                                               towed arrays during active sound                        of the need to implement shutdown                     ensure the potential for strike is
                                               production for purposes of bow riding,                  procedures for all active acoustic                    minimized. Visual observers monitoring
                                               with no apparent effect observed in                     sources operating within 50 km of the                 the vessel strike avoidance zone can be
                                               those delphinoids (e.g., Barkaszi et al.,               stranding. Shutdown procedures for live               either third-party observers or crew
                                               2012). The potential for increased                      stranding or milling marine mammals                   members, but crew members
                                               shutdowns resulting from such a                         include the following:                                responsible for these duties must be
                                               measure would require the Langseth to                      • If at any time, the marine                       provided sufficient training to
                                               revisit the missed track line to reacquire              mammal(s) die or are euthanized, or if                distinguish marine mammals from other
                                               data, resulting in an overall increase in               herding/intervention efforts are stopped,             phenomena and broadly to identify a
                                               the total sound energy input to the                     the Director of OPR, NMFS (or designee)               marine mammal to broad taxonomic
                                               marine environment and an increase in                   will advise the IHA-holder that the                   group (i.e., as a large whale or other
                                               the total duration over which the survey                shutdown around the animals’ location                 marine mammal).
                                               is active in a given area. Although other               is no longer needed.                                     2. Vessel speeds must be reduced to
                                               mid-frequency hearing specialists (e.g.,                   • Otherwise, shutdown procedures                   10 kn or less when mother/calf pairs,
                                               large delphinoids) are no more likely to                will remain in effect until the Director              pods, or large assemblages of any
                                               incur auditory injury than are small                    of OPR, NMFS (or designee) determines                 marine mammal are observed near a
                                               delphinoids, they are much less likely                  and advises the IHA-holder that all live              vessel.
                                               to approach vessels. Therefore, retaining               animals involved have left the area                      3. All vessels must maintain a
                                               a power-down/shutdown requirement                       (either of their own volition or following            minimum separation distance of 100 m
                                               for large delphinoids would not have                    an intervention).                                     from large whales (i.e., sperm whales
                                                                                                          • If further observations of the marine
                                               similar impacts in terms of either                                                                            and all baleen whales.
                                                                                                       mammals indicate the potential for re-
                                               practicability for the applicant or                                                                              4. All vessels must attempt to
                                                                                                       stranding, additional coordination with
                                               corollary increase in sound energy                                                                            maintain a minimum separation
                                                                                                       the IHA-holder will be required to
                                               output and time on the water. We do                                                                           distance of 50 m from all other marine
                                                                                                       determine what measures are necessary
                                               anticipate some benefit for a power-                                                                          mammals, with an exception made for
                                                                                                       to minimize that likelihood (e.g.,
                                               down/shutdown requirement for large                                                                           those animals that approach the vessel.
                                                                                                       extending the shutdown or moving
                                               delphinoids in that it simplifies                                                                                5. When marine mammals are sighted
                                                                                                       operations farther away) and to
                                               somewhat the total range of decision-                                                                         while a vessel is underway, the vessel
                                                                                                       implement those measures as
                                               making for PSOs and may preclude any                                                                          should take action as necessary to avoid
                                                                                                       appropriate.
                                               potential for physiological effects other                  Shutdown procedures are not related                violating the relevant separation
                                               than to the auditory system as well as                  to the investigation of the cause of the              distance (e.g., attempt to remain parallel
                                               some more severe behavioral reactions                   stranding and their implementation is                 to the animal’s course, avoid excessive
                                               for any such animals in close proximity                 not intended to imply that the specified              speed or abrupt changes in direction
                                               to the source vessel.                                   activity is the cause of the stranding.               until the animal has left the area). If
                                                  Visual PSOs shall use best                           Rather, shutdown procedures are                       marine mammals are sighted within the
                                               professional judgment in making the                     intended to protect marine mammals                    relevant separation distance, the vessel
                                               decision to call for a shutdown if there                exhibiting indicators of distress by                  should reduce speed and shift the
                                               is uncertainty regarding identification                 minimizing their exposure to possible                 engine to neutral, not engaging the
                                               (i.e., whether the observed marine                      additional stressors, regardless of the               engines until animals are clear of the
                                               mammal(s) belongs to one of the                         factors that contributed to the stranding.            area. This recommendation does not
                                               delphinid genera for which shutdown is                                                                        apply to any vessel towing gear.
                                               waived or one of the species with a                     Vessel Strike Avoidance                                  We have carefully evaluated the suite
                                               larger exclusion zone). If PSOs observe                    These measures apply to all vessels                of mitigation measures described here
                                               any behaviors in a small delphinid for                  associated with the planned survey                    and considered a range of other
                                               which shutdown is waived that indicate                  activity; however, we note that these                 measures in the context of ensuring that
                                               an adverse reaction, then powerdown                     requirements do not apply in any case                 we prescribe the means of effecting the
                                               will be initiated immediately.                          where compliance would create an                      least practicable adverse impact on the
                                                  Upon implementation of shutdown,                     imminent and serious threat to a person               affected marine mammal species and
                                               the source may be reactivated after the                 or vessel or to the extent that a vessel              stocks and their habitat. Based on our
                                               marine mammal(s) has been observed                      is restricted in its ability to maneuver              evaluation of the planned measures,
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES




                                               exiting the applicable exclusion zone                   and, because of the restriction, cannot               NMFS has determined that the
                                               (i.e., animal is not required to fully exit             comply. These measures include the                    mitigation measures provide the means
                                               the buffer zone where applicable) or                    following:                                            effecting the least practicable impact on
                                               following 15 minutes for small                             1. Vessel operators and crews must                 the affected species or stocks and their
                                               odontocetes and 30 minutes for all other                maintain a vigilant watch for all marine              habitat, paying particular attention to
                                               species with no further observation of                  mammals and slow down, stop their                     rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of
                                               the marine mammal(s).                                   vessel, or alter course, as appropriate               similar significance.


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:42 Aug 30, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00037   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\31AUN1.SGM   31AUN1


                                                                             Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 170 / Friday, August 31, 2018 / Notices                                          44599

                                               Monitoring and Reporting                                Langseth. Monitoring shall be                         oral examination developed for the
                                                  In order to issue an IHA for an                      conducted in accordance with the                      training program.
                                                                                                       following requirements:                                  • PSOs must have successfully
                                               activity, section 101(a)(5)(D) of the
                                                                                                          • The operator shall provide PSOs                  attained a bachelor’s degree from an
                                               MMPA states that NMFS must set forth,
                                                                                                       with bigeye binoculars (e.g., 25 × 150;               accredited college or university with a
                                               requirements pertaining to the
                                                                                                       2.7 view angle; individual ocular focus;              major in one of the natural sciences, a
                                               monitoring and reporting of such taking.
                                                                                                       height control) of appropriate quality                minimum of 30 semester hours or
                                               The MMPA implementing regulations at
                                                                                                       (i.e., Fujinon or equivalent) solely for              equivalent in the biological sciences,
                                               50 CFR 216.104(a)(13) indicate that
                                                                                                       PSO use. These shall be pedestal-                     and at least one undergraduate course in
                                               requests for authorizations must include
                                                                                                       mounted on the deck at the most                       math or statistics.
                                               the suggested means of accomplishing                                                                             • The educational requirements may
                                                                                                       appropriate vantage point that provides
                                               the necessary monitoring and reporting                                                                        be waived if the PSO has acquired the
                                                                                                       for optimal sea surface observation, PSO
                                               that will result in increased knowledge                                                                       relevant skills through alternate
                                                                                                       safety, and safe operation of the vessel.
                                               of the species and of the level of taking                  • The operator will work with the                  experience. Requests for such a waiver
                                               or impacts on populations of marine                     selected third-party observer provider to             shall be submitted to NMFS and must
                                               mammals that are expected to be                         ensure PSOs have all equipment                        include written justification. Requests
                                               present in the action area. Effective                   (including backup equipment) needed                   shall be granted or denied (with
                                               reporting is critical both to compliance                to adequately perform necessary tasks,                justification) by NMFS within one week
                                               as well as ensuring that the most value                 including accurate determination of                   of receipt of submitted information.
                                               is obtained from the required                           distance and bearing to observed marine               Alternate experience that may be
                                               monitoring.                                             mammals. (c) PSOs must have the                       considered includes, but is not limited
                                                  Monitoring and reporting                             following requirements and                            to (1) secondary education and/or
                                               requirements prescribed by NMFS                         qualifications:                                       experience comparable to PSO duties;
                                               should contribute to improved                              • PSOs shall be independent,                       (2) previous work experience
                                               understanding of one or more of the                     dedicated, trained visual and acoustic                conducting academic, commercial, or
                                               following:                                              PSOs and must be employed by a third-                 government-sponsored protected
                                                  • Occurrence of marine mammal                        party observer provider.                              species surveys; or (3) previous work
                                               species or stocks in the area in which                     • PSOs shall have no tasks other than              experience as a PSO; the PSO should
                                               take is anticipated (e.g., presence,                    to conduct observational effort (visual or            demonstrate good standing and
                                               abundance, distribution, density).                      acoustic), collect data, and                          consistently good performance of PSO
                                                  • Nature, scope, or context of likely                communicate with and instruct relevant                duties.
                                               marine mammal exposure to potential                     vessel crew with regard to the presence                  For data collection purposes, PSOs
                                               stressors/impacts (individual or                        of protected species and mitigation                   shall use standardized data collection
                                               cumulative, acute or chronic), through                  requirements (including brief alerts                  forms, whether hard copy or electronic.
                                               better understanding of: (1) Action or                  regarding maritime hazards),                          PSOs shall record detailed information
                                               environment (e.g., source                                  • PSOs shall have successfully                     about any implementation of mitigation
                                               characterization, propagation, ambient                  completed an approved PSO training                    requirements, including the distance of
                                               noise); (2) affected species (e.g., life                course appropriate for their designated               animals to the acoustic source and
                                               history, dive patterns); (3) co-occurrence              task (visual or acoustic). Acoustic PSOs              description of specific actions that
                                               of marine mammal species with the                       are required to complete specialized                  ensued, the behavior of the animal(s),
                                               action; or (4) biological or behavioral                 training for operating PAM systems and                any observed changes in behavior before
                                               context of exposure (e.g., age, calving or              are encouraged to have familiarity with               and after implementation of mitigation,
                                               feeding areas).                                         the vessel with which they will be                    and if shutdown was implemented, the
                                                  • Individual marine mammal                           working.                                              length of time before any subsequent
                                               responses (behavioral or physiological)                    • PSOs can act as acoustic or visual               ramp-up of the acoustic source. If
                                               to acoustic stressors (acute, chronic, or               observers (but not at the same time) as               required mitigation was not
                                               cumulative), other stressors, or                        long as they demonstrate that their                   implemented, PSOs should record a
                                               cumulative impacts from multiple                        training and experience are sufficient to             description of the circumstances. At a
                                               stressors.                                              perform the task at hand.                             minimum, the following information
                                                  • How anticipated responses to                          • NMFS must review and approve                     must be recorded:
                                               stressors impact either: (1) Long-term                  PSO resumes accompanied by a relevant                    • Vessel names (source vessel and
                                               fitness and survival of individual                      training course information packet that               other vessels associated with survey)
                                               marine mammals; or (2) populations,                     includes the name and qualifications                  and call signs;
                                               species, or stocks.                                     (i.e., experience, training completed, or                • PSO names and affiliations;
                                                  • Effects on marine mammal habitat                   educational background) of the                           • Dates of departures and returns to
                                               (e.g., marine mammal prey species,                      instructor(s), the course outline or                  port with port name;
                                               acoustic habitat, or other important                    syllabus, and course reference material                  • Dates and times (Greenwich Mean
                                               physical components of marine                           as well as a document stating successful              Time) of survey effort and times
                                               mammal habitat).                                        completion of the course.                             corresponding with PSO effort;
                                                  • Mitigation and monitoring                             • NMFS shall have one week to                         • Vessel location (latitude/longitude)
                                               effectiveness.                                          approve PSOs from the time that the                   when survey effort began and ended and
                                                                                                       necessary information is submitted,                   vessel location at beginning and end of
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES




                                               Vessel-Based Visual Monitoring
                                                                                                       after which PSOs meeting the minimum                  visual PSO duty shifts;
                                                 As described above, PSO observations                  requirements shall automatically be                      • Vessel heading and speed at
                                               would take place during daytime airgun                  considered approved.                                  beginning and end of visual PSO duty
                                               operations and nighttime start ups (if                     • PSOs must successfully complete                  shifts and upon any line change;
                                               applicable) of the airguns. During                      relevant training, including completion                  • Environmental conditions while on
                                               seismic operations, at least five visual                of all required coursework and passing                visual survey (at beginning and end of
                                               PSOs would be based aboard the                          (80 percent or greater) a written and/or              PSO shift and whenever conditions


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:42 Aug 30, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00038   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\31AUN1.SGM   31AUN1


                                               44600                         Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 170 / Friday, August 31, 2018 / Notices

                                               changed significantly), including BSS                      If a marine mammal is detected while               and monitoring. A final report must be
                                               and any other relevant weather                          using the PAM system, the following                   submitted within 30 days following
                                               conditions including cloud cover, fog,                  information should be recorded:                       resolution of any comments on the draft
                                               sun glare, and overall visibility to the                   • An acoustic encounter                            report.
                                               horizon;                                                identification number, and whether the
                                                  • Factors that may have contributed                  detection was linked with a visual                    Reporting Injured or Dead Marine
                                               to impaired observations during each                    sighting;                                             Mammals
                                               PSO shift change or as needed as                           • Date and time when first and last                   NMFS has revised the standard
                                               environmental conditions changed (e.g.,                 heard;                                                protcols that apply when an injured or
                                               vessel traffic, equipment malfunctions);                   • Types and nature of sounds heard                 dead marine mammal is discovered and
                                               and                                                     (e.g., clicks, whistles, creaks, burst                has included them here. These updated
                                                  • Survey activity information, such as               pulses, continuous, sporadic, strength of             protocols were not described in the
                                               acoustic source power output while in                   signal);                                              proposed IHA. In the event that
                                               operation, number and volume of                            • Any additional information                       personnel involved in survey activities
                                               airguns operating in the array, tow                     recorded such as water depth of the                   covered by the authorization discover
                                               depth of the array, and any other notes                 hydrophone array, bearing of the animal               an injured or dead marine mammal, the
                                               of significance (i.e., pre-clearance, ramp-             to the vessel (if determinable), species              IHA-holder shall report the incident to
                                               up, shutdown, testing, shooting, ramp-                  or taxonomic group (if determinable),                 the Office of Protected Resources (OPR),
                                               up completion, end of operations,                       spectrogram screenshot, and any other                 NMFS and to the NMFS Pacific Islands
                                               streamers, etc.).                                       notable information.                                  Regional Stranding Coordinator as soon
                                                  The following information should be                     L–DEO will be required to shall
                                                                                                                                                             as feasible. The report must include the
                                               recorded upon visual observation of any                 submit a draft comprehensive report to
                                                                                                                                                             following information:
                                               protected species:                                      NMFS on all activities and monitoring
                                                                                                                                                                • Time, date, and location (latitude/
                                                  • Watch status (sighting made by PSO                 results within 90 days of the completion
                                                                                                                                                             longitude) of the first discovery (and
                                               on/off effort, opportunistic, crew,                     of the survey or expiration of the IHA,
                                                                                                       whichever comes sooner. The report                    updated location information if known
                                               alternate vessel/platform);
                                                                                                                                                             and applicable);
                                                  • PSO who sighted the animal;                        must describe all activities conducted
                                                  • Time of sighting;                                  and sightings of protected species near                  • Species identification (if known) or
                                                  • Vessel location at time of sighting;               the activities, must provide full                     description of the animal(s) involved;
                                                  • Water depth;                                       documentation of methods, results, and                   • Condition of the animal(s)
                                                  • Direction of vessel’s travel (compass              interpretation pertaining to all                      (including carcass condition if the
                                               direction);                                             monitoring, and must summarize the                    animal is dead);
                                                  • Direction of animal’s travel relative              dates and locations of survey operations                 • Observed behaviors of the
                                               to the vessel;                                          and all protected species sightings                   animal(s), if alive;
                                                  • Pace of the animal;                                (dates, times, locations, activities,                    • If available, photographs or video
                                                  • Estimated distance to the animal                                                                         footage of the animal(s); and
                                                                                                       associated survey activities). The report
                                               and its heading relative to vessel at                   must include estimates of the number                     • General circumstances under which
                                               initial sighting;                                       and nature of exposures that occurred                 the animal was discovered.
                                                  • Identification of the animal (e.g.,                                                                         Additional Information Requests—If
                                                                                                       above the harassment threshold based
                                               genus/species, lowest possible                                                                                NMFS determines that the
                                                                                                       on PSO observations, including an
                                               taxonomic level, or unidentified) and                                                                         circumstances of any marine mammal
                                                                                                       estimate of those on the trackline but
                                               the composition of the group if there is                                                                      stranding found in the vicinity of the
                                                                                                       not detected. The report must also
                                               a mix of species;                                                                                             activity suggest investigation of the
                                                                                                       include geo-referenced time-stamped
                                                  • Estimated number of animals (high/                                                                       association with survey activities is
                                                                                                       vessel tracklines for all time periods
                                               low/best);                                                                                                    warranted (example circumstances
                                                  • Estimated number of animals by                     during which airguns were operating.
                                                                                                       Tracklines should include points                      noted below), and an investigation into
                                               cohort (adults, yearlings, juveniles,
                                                                                                       recording any change in airgun status                 the stranding is being pursued, NMFS
                                               calves, group composition, etc.);
                                                  • Description (as many distinguishing                (e.g., when the airguns began operating,              will submit a written request to the IHA-
                                               features as possible of each individual                 when they were turned off, or when                    holder indicating that the following
                                               seen, including length, shape, color,                   they changed from full array to single                initial available information must be
                                               pattern, scars or markings, shape and                   gun or vice versa). GIS files must be                 provided as soon as possible, but no
                                               size of dorsal fin, shape of head, and                  provided in ESRI shapefile format and                 later than 7 business days after the
                                               blow characteristics);                                  include the UTC date and time, latitude               request for information.
                                                  • Detailed behavior observations (e.g.,              in decimal degrees, and longitude in                     • Status of all sound source use in the
                                               number of blows/breaths, number of                      decimal degrees. All coordinates shall                48 hours preceding the estimated time
                                               surfaces, breaching, spyhopping, diving,                be referenced to the WGS84 geographic                 of stranding and within 50 km of the
                                               feeding, traveling; as explicit and                     coordinate system. In addition to the                 discovery/notification of the stranding
                                               detailed as possible; note any observed                 report, all raw observational data must               by NMFS; and
                                               changes in behavior);                                   be made available to NMFS. The report                    • If available, description of the
                                                  • Animal’s closest point of approach                 must summarize the information                        behavior of any marine mammal(s)
                                               (CPA) and/or closest distance from any                  submitted in interim monthly reports as               observed preceding (i.e., within 48
                                               element of the acoustic source;                         well as additional data collected as                  hours and 50 km) and immediately after
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES




                                                  • Platform activity at time of sighting              described above and the IHA. The draft                the discovery of the stranding.
                                               (e.g., deploying, recovering, testing,                  report must be accompanied by a                          Examples of circumstances that could
                                               shooting, data acquisition, other); and                 certification from the lead PSO as to the             trigger the additional information
                                                  • Description of any actions                         accuracy of the report, and the lead PSO              request include, but are not limited to,
                                               implemented in response to the sighting                 may submit directly NMFS a statement                  the following:
                                               (e.g., delays, shutdown, ramp-up) and                   concerning implementation and                            • Atypical nearshore milling events
                                               time and location of the action.                        effectiveness of the required mitigation              of live cetaceans;


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:42 Aug 30, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00039   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\31AUN1.SGM   31AUN1


                                                                             Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 170 / Friday, August 31, 2018 / Notices                                            44601

                                                  • Mass strandings of cetaceans (two                  reasonably likely to, adversely affect the            both the Langseth and of the marine
                                               or more individuals, not including cow/                 species or stock through effects on                   mammals in the project areas, as well as
                                               calf pairs);                                            annual rates of recruitment or survival’’             the fact that the vessel is not expected
                                                  • Beaked whale strandings;                           (50 CFR 216.103). A negligible impact                 to remain in any one area in which
                                                  • Necropsies with findings of                        finding is based on the lack of likely                individual marine mammals would be
                                               pathologies that are unusual for the                    adverse effects on annual rates of                    expected to concentrate for an extended
                                               species or area; or                                     recruitment or survival (i.e., population-            period of time (i.e., since the duration of
                                                  • Stranded animals with findings                     level effects). An estimate of the number             exposure to loud sounds will be
                                               consistent with blast trauma.                           of takes alone is not enough information              relatively short). We expect that the
                                                  In the event that the investigation is               on which to base an impact                            majority of takes would be in the form
                                               still inconclusive, the investigation of                determination. In addition to                         of short-term Level B behavioral
                                               the association of the survey activities is             considering estimates of the number of                harassment in the form of temporary
                                               still warranted, and the investigation is               marine mammals that might be ‘‘taken’’                avoidance of the area or decreased
                                               still being pursued, NMFS may provide                   through harassment, NMFS considers                    foraging (if such activity were
                                               additional information requests, in                     other factors, such as the likely nature              occurring), reactions that are considered
                                               writing, regarding the nature and                       of any responses (e.g., intensity,                    to be of low severity and with no lasting
                                               location of survey operations prior to                  duration), the context of any responses               biological consequences (e.g., Southall
                                               the time period above.                                  (e.g., critical reproductive time or                  et al., 2007).
                                                  Vessel Strike—In the event of a ship                 location, migration), as well as effects                 Potential impacts to marine mammal
                                               strike of a marine mammal by any vessel                 on habitat, and the likely effectiveness              habitat were discussed previously in
                                               involved in the activities covered by the               of the mitigation. We also assess the                 this document (see Potential Effects of
                                               authorization, L–DEO must shall report                  number, intensity, and context of                     the Specified Activity on Marine
                                               the incident to OPR, NMFS and to                        estimated takes by evaluating this                    Mammals and their Habitat). Marine
                                               regional stranding coordinators as soon                 information relative to population                    mammal habitat may be impacted by
                                               as feasible. The report must include the                status. Consistent with the 1989                      elevated sound levels, but these impacts
                                               following information:                                  preamble for NMFS’ implementing                       would be temporary. Feeding behavior
                                                  • Time, date, and location (latitude/                regulations (54 FR 40338; September 29,               is not likely to be significantly
                                               longitude) of the incident;                             1989), the impacts from other past and                impacted, as marine mammals appear to
                                                  • Species identification (if known) or               ongoing anthropogenic activities are                  be less likely to exhibit behavioral
                                               description of the animal(s) involved;                  incorporated into this analysis via their             reactions or avoidance responses while
                                                  • Vessel’s speed during and leading                  impacts on the environmental baseline                 engaged in feeding activities
                                               up to the incident;                                     (e.g., as reflected in the regulatory status          (Richardson et al., 1995). Prey species
                                                  • Vessel’s course/heading and what                   of the species, population size and                   are mobile and are broadly distributed
                                               operations were being conducted (if                     growth rate where known, ongoing                      throughout the project areas; therefore,
                                               applicable);                                            sources of human-caused mortality, or                 marine mammals that may be
                                                  • Status of all sound sources in use;                ambient noise levels).                                temporarily displaced during survey
                                                  • Description of avoidance measures/                    To avoid repetition, our analysis                  activities are expected to be able to
                                               requirements that were in place at the                  applies to all species listed in Table 7              resume foraging once they have moved
                                               time of the strike and what additional                  and 8, given that NMFS expects the                    away from areas with disturbing levels
                                               measures were taken, if any, to avoid                   anticipated effects of the planned                    of underwater noise. Because of the
                                               strike;                                                 seismic survey to be similar in nature.               relatively short duration (up to 24 days
                                                  • Environmental conditions (e.g.,                    Where there are meaningful differences                for Hawaii survey) and temporary
                                               wind speed and direction, Beaufort sea                  between species or stocks, or groups of               nature of the disturbance as well as the
                                               state, cloud cover, visibility)                         species, in anticipated individual                    availability of similar habitat and
                                               immediately preceding the strike;                       responses to activities, impact of                    resources in the surrounding area, the
                                                  • Estimated size and length of animal                expected take on the population due to                impacts to marine mammals and the
                                               that was struck;                                        differences in population status, or                  food sources that they utilize are not
                                                  • Description of the behavior of the                 impacts on habitat, NMFS has identified               expected to cause significant or long-
                                               marine mammal immediately preceding                     species-specific factors to inform the                term consequences for individual
                                               and following the strike;                               analysis.                                             marine mammals or their populations.
                                                  • If available, description of the                      NMFS does not anticipate that serious                 The activity is expected to impact a
                                               presence and behavior of any other                      injury or mortality would occur as a                  small percentage of all marine mammal
                                               marine mammals immediately                              result of L–DEO’s planned surveys, even               stocks that would be affected by L–
                                               preceding the strike;                                   in the absence of planned mitigation. As              DEO’s planned survey (less than 15
                                                  • Estimated fate of the animal (e.g.,                discussed in the Potential Effects                    percent percent of all species, including
                                               dead, injured but alive, injured and                    section, non-auditory physical effects,               those taken by both surveys).
                                               moving, blood or tissue observed in the                 stranding, and vessel strike are not                  Additionally, the acoustic ‘‘footprint’’ of
                                               water, status unknown, disappeared);                    expected to occur.                                    the planned surveys would be small
                                               and                                                        NMFS has authorized a limited                      relative to the ranges of the marine
                                                  • To the extent practicable,                         number of instances of Level A                        mammals that would potentially be
                                               photographs or video footage of the                     harassment of 6 species and Level B                   affected. Sound levels would increase in
                                               animal(s).                                              harassment of 39 marine mammal                        the marine environment in a relatively
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES




                                                                                                       species. However, we believe that any                 small area surrounding the vessel
                                               Negligible Impact Analysis and                          PTS incurred in marine mammals as a                   compared to the range of the marine
                                               Determination                                           result of the activity would be in the                mammals within the planned survey
                                                 NMFS has defined negligible impact                    form of only a small degree of PTS, not               area.
                                               as ‘‘an impact resulting from the                       total deafness, and would be unlikely to                 The required mitigation measures are
                                               specified activity that cannot be                       affect the fitness of any individuals,                expected to reduce the severity of takes
                                               reasonably expected to, and is not                      because of the constant movement of                   by allowing for detection of marine


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:42 Aug 30, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00040   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\31AUN1.SGM   31AUN1


                                               44602                         Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 170 / Friday, August 31, 2018 / Notices

                                               mammals in the vicinity of the vessel by                recruitment, distribution and behavior                changes due to avoidance of the area
                                               visual and acoustic observers, and by                   is expected. Given the short operational              around the survey vessel;
                                               minimizing the severity of any potential                seismic time near or traversing BIAs, as                 • The number of instances of PTS
                                               exposures via power downs and/or                        well as the ability of cetaceans and prey             that may occur are expected to be
                                               shutdowns of the airgun array. Based on                 species to move away from acoustic                    limited. Instances of PTS that are
                                               previous monitoring reports for                         sources, NMFS expects that there would                incurred in marine mammals would be
                                               substantially similar activities that have              be, at worst, minimal impacts to animals              of a low level, due to constant
                                               been previously authorized by NMFS,                     and habitat within the designated BIAs.               movement of the vessel and of the
                                               we expect that the required mitigation                     NMFS has included a number of                      marine mammals in the area, and the
                                               will be effective in preventing at least                mitigation and monitoring measures to                 nature of the survey design (not
                                               some extent of potential PTS in marine                  reduce potential impacts to small and                 concentrated in areas of high marine
                                               mammals that may otherwise occur in                     resident populations in the Main                      mammal concentration);
                                               the absence of the mitigation.                          Hawaiian Islands. Given the small                        • The availability of alternate areas of
                                                  The ESA-listed marine mammal                         population and large recorded group                   similar habitat value for marine
                                               species under our jurisdiction that are                 sizes of Kohala resident melon-headed                 mammals to temporarily vacate the
                                               likely to be taken by the planned                       whales, L–DEO must shut down when                     survey area during the survey to avoid
                                               surveys include the endangered sei, fin,                a melon-headed whale or group of                      exposure to sounds from the activity;
                                               blue, sperm, gray, North Pacific Right,                 melon-headed whales is observed in the                   • The potential adverse effects on fish
                                               Western North Pacific DPS humpback,                     range of the Kohala resident stock.                   or invertebrate species that serve as prey
                                               and Main Hawaiian Islands Insular DPS                   Furthermore, L–DEO will plan to time                  species for marine mammals from the
                                               false killer whale as well as the                                                                             survey will be temporary and spatially
                                                                                                       their seismic operations along Trackline
                                               Hawaiian monk seal. We have                                                                                   limited;
                                                                                                       1 so they will traverse the Kohala
                                               authorized very small numbers of takes                                                                           • The required mitigation measures,
                                                                                                       resident stock’s range during daytime.                including visual and acoustic
                                               for these species relative to their                     L–DEO will similarly plan to conduct
                                               population sizes. Therefore, we do not                                                                        monitoring, power-downs, and
                                                                                                       daylight crossings of designated critical             shutdowns, are expected to minimize
                                               expect population-level impacts to any                  habitat for the Main Hawaiian Island
                                               of these species. The other marine                                                                            potential impacts to marine mammals.
                                                                                                       insular false killer whale. Spinner and               Specific mitigation measures added to
                                               mammal species that may be taken by                     bottlenose dolphin stocks also have
                                               harassment during the survey are not                                                                          this final IHA include shutting down
                                                                                                       small and resident populations.                       when a large whale with a calf or an
                                               listed as threatened or endangered                      Therefore, when a group of dolphins is
                                               under the ESA. With the exception of                                                                          aggregation of large whales is observed;
                                                                                                       observed approaching or is within the                 shutting down when a melon-headed
                                               the northern fur seal, none of the non-                 Level B harassment zone in the habitat
                                               listed marine mammals for which we                                                                            whale or group of melon-headed whales
                                                                                                       of the specific MHI insular stock L–DEO               is observed in the range of the Kohala
                                               have authorized take are considered                     must shut down if the authorized takes
                                               ‘‘depleted’’ or ‘‘strategic’’ by NMFS                                                                         resident stock; shutting down when a
                                                                                                       have been met for any of these stocks.                spinner or bottlenose dolphin or group
                                               under the MMPA.
                                                                                                       Additional protective measures include                of dolphins approach the Level B
                                                  The tracklines of the Hawaii survey
                                                                                                       mandatory shutdown when a large                       harassment zone in the habitat of the
                                               either traverse or are proximal to BIAs
                                               for 11 species that NMFS has authorized                 whale with a calf or an aggregation of                specific MHI insular stock if the
                                               for take. Ten of the BIAs pertain to small              large whales is observed regardless of                authorized takes have been met for any
                                               and resident cetacean populations while                 the distance from the Langseth;                       of these stocks; and timing surveys to
                                               a breeding BIA has been delineated for                     NMFS concludes that exposures to                   traverse ranges of the Kohala resident
                                               humpback whales. However, this                          marine mammal species and stocks due                  stock of melon-headed whale and the
                                               designation is only applicable to                       to L–DEO’s planned survey would result                Main Hawaiian Islands insular stock of
                                               humpback whales in the December                         in only short-term (temporary and short               false killer whales during daylight
                                               through March timeframe (Baird et al.,                  in duration) effects to individuals                   hours.
                                               2015). Since the Hawaii survey is in                    exposed. Animals may temporarily                         Based on the analysis contained
                                               September, there will be no effects on                  avoid the immediate area, but are not                 herein of the likely effects of the
                                               humpback whales. For cetacean species                   expected to permanently abandon the                   specified activity on marine mammals
                                               with small and resident BIAs in the                     area. Major shifts in habitat use,                    and their habitat, and taking into
                                               Hawaii survey area, that designation is                 distribution, or foraging success are not             consideration the implementation of the
                                               applicable year-round. There are up to                  expected. NMFS does not anticipate that               required monitoring and mitigation
                                               24 days of seismic operations planned                   authorized take numbers will impact                   measures, NMFS finds that the total
                                               for the Hawaii survey. Only a portion of                annual rates of recruitment or survival.              marine mammal take from the planned
                                               those days would involve seismic                           In summary and as described above,                 activity will have a negligible impact on
                                               operations within BIA boundaries along                  the following factors primarily support               all affected marine mammal species or
                                               Tracklines 1 and 2. Time spent in any                   our determination that the impacts                    stocks.
                                               single BIA during a trackline pass                      resulting from this activity are not
                                               would be less than a day. No physical                   expected to adversely affect the marine               Small Numbers
                                               impacts to BIA habitat are anticipated                  mammal species or stocks through                        As noted above, only small numbers
                                               from seismic activities. While SPLs of                  effects on annual rates of recruitment or             of incidental take may be authorized
                                               sufficient strength have been known to                  survival:                                             under section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES




                                               cause injury to fish and fish mortality,                   • No mortality is anticipated or                   for specified activities other than
                                               the most likely impact to prey species                  authorized;                                           military readiness activities. The MMPA
                                               from survey activities would be                            • The planned activity is temporary                does not define small numbers; so, in
                                               temporary avoidance of the affected                     and of relatively short duration;                     practice, where estimated numbers are
                                               area. The duration of fish avoidance of                    • The anticipated impacts of the                   available, NMFS compares the number
                                               a given area after survey effort stops is               activity on marine mammals would                      of individuals taken to the most
                                               unknown, but a rapid return to normal                   primarily be temporary behavioral                     appropriate estimation of abundance of


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:42 Aug 30, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00041   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\31AUN1.SGM   31AUN1


                                                                             Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 170 / Friday, August 31, 2018 / Notices                                                 44603

                                               the relevant species or stock in our                    be taken relative to the population size              authorizations. In August 2018, NMFS
                                               determination of whether an                             of the affected species.                              issued a Finding of No Significant
                                               authorization is limited to small                                                                             Impact (FONSI).
                                                                                                       Unmitigable Adverse Impact Analysis
                                               numbers of marine mammals.
                                                                                                       and Determination                                     Authorization
                                               Additionally, other qualitative factors
                                               may be considered in the analysis, such                   There are no relevant subsistence uses                 As a result of these determinations,
                                               as the temporal or spatial scale of the                 of the affected marine mammal stocks or               we have issued an IHA to L–DEO for
                                               activities. Tables 7 and 8 provide                      species implicated by this action.                    conducting seismic surveys in the
                                               numbers of authorized take by Level A                   Therefore, NMFS has determined that                   Pacific Ocean near the main Hawaiian
                                               harassment and Level B harassment.                      the total taking of affected species or               Islands and the Emperor Seamounts
                                               These are the numbers we use for                        stocks would not have an unmitigable                  area from September 1, 2018 through
                                               purposes of the small numbers analysis.                 adverse impact on the availability of                 August 31, 2019, provided the
                                                  The numbers of marine mammals for                    such species or stocks for taking for                 previously mentioned mitigation,
                                               which we have authorized take across                    subsistence purposes.                                 monitoring, and reporting requirements
                                               the two surveys would be considered                     Endangered Species Act (ESA)                          are incorporated.
                                               small relative to the relevant                                                                                  Dated: August 27, 2018.
                                               populations (a maximum of 14.7                             Section 7(a)(2) of the Endangered
                                                                                                       Species Act of 1973 (ESA: 16 U.S.C.                   Cathy E. Tortorici,
                                               percent) for the species for which
                                                                                                       1531 et seq.) requires that each Federal              Acting Director, Office of Protected Resources,
                                               abundance estimates are available.
                                                                                                       agency insure that any action it                      National Marine Fisheries Service.
                                               Several small resident or insular
                                                                                                       authorizes, funds, or carries out is not              [FR Doc. 2018–19008 Filed 8–30–18; 8:45 am]
                                               populations that could experience Level
                                               B harassment during the Hawaii survey                   likely to jeopardize the continued                    BILLING CODE 3510–22–P

                                               were discussed in the Estimated Take                    existence of any endangered or
                                               section. For the Kohala resident stock of               threatened species or result in the
                                               melo-headed whales (pop. 447), NMFS                     destruction or adverse modification of                DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
                                               assumed that up to 3 groups of 20                       designated critical habitat. To ensure
                                                                                                                                                             National Oceanic and Atmospheric
                                               Kohala residents could be taken by                      ESA compliance for the issuance of
                                                                                                                                                             Administration
                                               Level B harassment, representing 13.4                   IHAs, NMFS consults internally, in this
                                               percent of the Kohala stock, if they enter              case with the ESA Interagency                         RIN 0648–XG442
                                               the zone undetected by PSOs.                            Cooperation Division, whenever we
                                               Additionally, the range of the Hawaiian                 propose to authorize take for                         New England Fishery Management
                                               Island stock overlaps the range of the                  endangered or threatened species.                     Council; Public Meeting
                                               Kohala resident stock. Therefore, any                      The NMFS Permits and Conservation                  AGENCY:  National Marine Fisheries
                                               melon-headed whale takes within the                     Division issued a Biological Opinion on               Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and
                                               Kohala resident stock’s range could also                August 24, 2018 to NMFS’s Office of                   Atmospheric Administration (NOAA),
                                               be from either stock. Sesimic operations                Protected Resources which concluded                   Commerce.
                                               will occur in the ranges of the Hawaiian                that the specified activities are not
                                                                                                                                                             ACTION: Notice; public meeting.
                                               Island stock (pop. 128) and Oahu stock                  likely to jeopardize the continued
                                               (pop. 743) of common bottlenose                         existence of the North Pacific right                  SUMMARY:   The New England Fishery
                                               dolphins. Based on GIS analysis of the                  whale, sei whale, fin whale, blue whale,              Management Council (Council) is
                                               tracklines and the ranges of the stocks,                sperm whale, Western North Pacific                    scheduling a public meeting of its
                                               NMFS determined that 7 percent of the                   DPS humpback whale, gray whale,                       Groundfish Advisory Panel to consider
                                               Hawaii Island stock and 1.2 percent of                  Hawaiian Islands Insular DPS false                    actions affecting New England fisheries
                                               the Oahu stock could be exposed to                      killer whale, and the Hawaiian monk                   in the exclusive economic zone (EEZ).
                                               Level B harassment. Similar GIS                         seal or adversely modify critical habitat             Recommendations from this group will
                                               analysis of the Hawaii Island (pop. 631)                because none exists within the action                 be brought to the full Council for formal
                                               and Oahu/4-Island (pop. 355) stocks of                  area.                                                 consideration and action, if appropriate.
                                               spinner dolphins resulted in estimated                                                                        DATES: This meeting will be held on
                                                                                                       National Environmental Policy Act
                                               Level B harassment of 3.8 percent of the                                                                      Tuesday, September 18, 2018 at 8:30
                                               Hawaii Islands stock population and 6.7                    To comply with the National
                                                                                                                                                             a.m.
                                               percent of the Oahu/4-Island stock                      Environmental Policy Act of 1969
                                               population. Analysis of pantropical                     (NEPA; 42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.) and                    ADDRESSES:
                                               spotted dolphins determined that there                  NOAA Administrative Order (NAO)                         Meeting address: The meeting will be
                                               would be 9 Oahu stock exposures and                     216–6A, NMFS must review the                          held at the Four Points by Sheraton,
                                               82 Hawaii Island stock exposures. The                   proposed action (i.e., the issuance of                One Audubon Road, Wakefield, MA
                                               populations of these stocks are                         regulations and an LOA) with respect to               01880; phone: (781) 245–9300.
                                               unknown, so the percentage of stocks                    potential impacts on the human                          Council address: New England
                                               affected cannot be determined.                          environment.                                          Fishery Management Council, 50 Water
                                               However, the large ranges of these                         Accordingly, NMFS has adopted the                  Street, Mill 2, Newburyport, MA 01950.
                                               species (up to 20 km from Oahu and 65                   L–DEO Final Environmental                             FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
                                               km from Hawaii) make it likely that the                 Assessment (EA), Environmental                        Thomas A. Nies, Executive Director,
                                               survey would only impact limited                        Assessment/Analysis of Marine                         New England Fishery Management
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES




                                               numbers of these stocks.                                Geophysical Surveys by the R/V Marcus                 Council; telephone: (978) 465–0492.
                                                  Based on the analysis contained                      G. Langseth in the North Pacific Ocean,               SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
                                               herein of the planned activity (including               2018/2019 and after an independent
                                               the required mitigation and monitoring                  evaluation of the document found that                 Agenda
                                               measures) and the anticipated take of                   it included adequate information                        The Advisory Panel will discuss
                                               marine mammals, NMFS finds that                         analyzing the effects on the human                    Framework Adjustment 58:
                                               small numbers of marine mammals will                    environment of issuing incidental take                Specifications/Management Measures


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:42 Aug 30, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00042   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\31AUN1.SGM   31AUN1



Document Created: 2018-08-31 00:53:37
Document Modified: 2018-08-31 00:53:37
CategoryRegulatory Information
CollectionFederal Register
sudoc ClassAE 2.7:
GS 4.107:
AE 2.106:
PublisherOffice of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration
SectionNotices
ActionNotice; issuance of an incidental harassment authorization.
DatesThis Authorization is effective from September 1, 2018, through August 31, 2019.
ContactRob Pauline, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, (301) 427-8401. Electronic copies of the application and supporting documents, as well as a list of the references cited in this document, may be obtained online at: https:// www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/marine-mammal-protection/incidental- take-authorizations-research-and-other-activities. In case of problems accessing these documents, please call the contact listed above.
FR Citation83 FR 44578 
RIN Number0648-XG14

2025 Federal Register | Disclaimer | Privacy Policy
USC | CFR | eCFR